NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP
S-1, 1998-11-12
MISC DURABLE GOODS
Previous: PANAVISION INC, 10-Q, 1998-11-12
Next: LITHIA MOTORS INC, 8-K, 1998-11-12



    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 1998

                                  File No. 333-

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-1

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                          NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                  <C>                              <C>       
                    Delaware                                         5090                             13-3853305
          (State or other jurisdiction                   (Primary Standard Industrial              (I.R.S. Employer
        of incorporation or organization)                 Classification Code Number)             Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                              135 West 50th Street
                            New York, New York 10020
                                 (212) 664-1200
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
            including area code, of registrant's principal executive
                                    offices)

                                  Bjorn Nysted
                       President & Chief Executive Officer
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
                              135 West 50th Street
                            New York, New York 10020
                                 (212) 664-1200
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                             <C>
Richard A. Friedman, Esq.                                                       Jay M. Kaplowitz, Esq.
Sichenzia, Ross & Friedman LLP                                                  Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz
135 West 50th Street                                                            & Fredericks, LLP
New York, New York 10020                                                        101 E. 52nd Street
(212) 664-1200                                                                  New York, New York 10022-6102
Fax: (212) 664-7329                                                             (212) 752-9700
                                                                                Fax: (212) 980-5192
</TABLE>

     Approximate date of proposed sale to the public:

     As  soon as  practicable  after  the  effective  date of this  Registration
Statement.

     If any  securities  being  registered  on this Form are to be  offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, check the following box. |X|

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. |_|


                                        i

<PAGE>
     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering.  |-| If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made
pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. |_|

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Maximum            Maximum
           Title of Each                                               Offering           Aggregate          Amount of
          Class Securities                        Amount Being         Price Per          Offering         Registration
          Being Registered                         Registered         Security(1)         Price(1)              Fee

Common Stock, $.001 par
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>            <C>                 <C>      
  value(2)                                           1,265,000            $ 5.00         $ 6,325,000         $1,865.88
Common Stock Purchase
  Warrants(3)                                        1,897,500            $  .10             189,750             55.98
Common Stock $.001
  par value(4)                                       1,897,500            $ 6.00          11,385,000          3,358.58
Common Stock $.001
  par value(5)                                         132,570            $ 5.00             662,850            195.54
Underwriter's Warrants(6)                                    1                --                  10                (7)
Common Stock, $.001
  par value(8)                                         110,000            $ 6.00             660,000            194.70
Common Stock Purchase
  Warrants(9)                                          165,000            $  .12              19,800              5.84
Common Stock, $.001
  par value(10)                                        165,000            $ 6.00             990,000            292.05
                                                       -------            ------          ----------          --------
Totals                                                                                    20,232,410         $5,968.57
                                                                                          ==========         =========
</TABLE>
     (1) Total estimated  solely for the purpose of determining the registration
fee.

     (2) Includes 100,000 shares of Common Stock being sold by certain principal
stockholders of the Company (the "Principal Stockholders") and 165,000 shares of
Common Stock subject to sale upon exercise of the  Underwriters'  Over-allotment
Option granted to the Underwriters by the Company.

     (3)  Includes  247,500  Redeemable  Common  Stock  purchase  warrants  (the
"Warrants")  subject to sale upon exercise of the  Underwriters'  Over-allotment
Option granted to the Underwriters.

     (4)  Issuable   upon   exercise  of  the   Warrants,   together  with  such
indeterminate number of securities as may be issuable by reason of anti-dilution
provisions contained therein.

     (5) Includes  132,570 shares of Common Stock being sold by certain  Selling
Stockholders (the "Selling Stockholders").

     (6) Represent warrants to be issued to the Underwriters to purchase 110,000
shares of Common Stock and 165,000 Warrants (the "Underwriters'  Warrants"). See
"Underwriting."

     (7) No fee due pursuant to Rule 457(g).

     (8)  Represents  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the
Underwriters' Warrants, together with such indeterminate number of securities as
may be issuable by reason of anti-dilution provisions contained therein.

     (9)  Represents  Warrants  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Underwriters'
Warrants.


                                       ii

<PAGE>
     (10)Represents  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise  of
Warrants  issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriters'  Warrants,  together with
such  indeterminate  number  of  securities  as may be  issuable  by  reason  of
anti-dilution provisions contained therein.

         The Registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


                                       iii

<PAGE>
                          NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.

                              CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form S-1 Item Number and Caption                                                          Captions In Prospectus

<S>                                                                                       <C>
 1.      Front of Registration Statement and Outside
         Front Cover of Prospectus......................................................  Cover Page
 2.      Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
         Prospectus.....................................................................  Cover Page, Inside
                                                                                          Cover Page, Outside
                                                                                          Back Page
 3.      Summary Information and Risk Factors...........................................  Prospectus Summary,
                                                                                          Risk Factors
 4.      Use of Proceeds................................................................  Use of Proceeds
 5.      Determination of Offering Price................................................  Cover Page,
                                                                                          Underwriting
 6.      Dilution.......................................................................  Dilution
 7.      Selling Securityholders........................................................  Selling Stockholders
 8.      Plan of Distribution...........................................................  Prospectus Summary,
                                                                                          Underwriting
 9.      Legal Proceedings..............................................................  Business
10.      Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and
         Control Persons................................................................  Management, Principal
                                                                                          Stockholders
11.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
         Owners and Management..........................................................  Principal Stockholders
12.      Description of Securities......................................................  Description of
                                                                                          Securities
13.      Interest of Named Experts and Counsel..........................................  Legal Matters; Experts
14.      Disclosure of Commission Position on
         Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.................................  Management
15.      Organization Within Last Five Years......................................... .   Prospectus Summary,
                                                                                          Business
16.      Description of Business........................................................  Prospectus Summary,
                                                                                          Business
17.      Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan
         of Operation...................................................................  Management's Discussion
                                                                                          and Analysis of
                                                                                          Financial Condition and
                                                                                          Results of Operations
18.      Description of Property........................................................  Business
19.      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................................  Certain Transactions


                                       iv

<PAGE>
20.      Market for Common Equity and Related
         Shareholder Matters............................................................  Front Cover Page,
                                                                                          Description of
                                                                                          Securities
21.      Executive Compensation.........................................................  Management
22.      Financial Statements...........................................................  Financial Statements
23.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accounts on
         Accounting and Financial Disclosure............................................  Change in Auditors


</TABLE>

                                        v

<PAGE>
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED November 12, 1998

                          NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.

                        1,100,000 Shares of Common Stock
               1,650,000 Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants

         This is an  initial  public  offering  of shares  of  Common  Stock and
redeemable  common stock purchase  warrants of Nordic Equity  Partners  Corp., a
Delaware  corporation.  Of the 1,100,000  shares of Common Stock offered hereby,
1,000,000 shares are being sold by the Company and 100,000 shares are being sold
by certain Principal  Stockholders of the Company.  The Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the Principal Stockholders.

     This  Prospectus  also  relates to an offering of 132,570  shares of common
stock of Nordic Equity  Partners  Corp.  by certain  Selling  Stockholders.  The
Company  will not  receive any  proceeds  from the sale of shares by the Selling
Stockholders.

         No public  market  for the  Company's  shares  and  warrants  currently
exists.  The offering  prices may not reflect the market price of the  Company's
shares and warrants after the offering.

         The  Company  has  applied  for the  listing  of the  Common  Stock and
Warrants on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market under the symbols "NEPC" and "NEPCW."

     THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE
AND  SUBSTANTIAL  DILUTION.  YOU SHOULD PURCHASE SHARES ONLY IF YOU CAN AFFORD A
COMPLETE LOSS. SEE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 9.

     NEITHER THE  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR ANY STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION  HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  THESE  SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS
PROSPECTUS  IS TRUTHFUL OR  COMPLETE.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Underwriting                                Proceeds
                                           Price to           Discounts and        Proceeds to          to Principal
                                            Public           Commissions(1)        Company(2)          Stockholders(3)

<S>                                          <C>                  <C>                 <C>                   <C>  
Per Share                                    $5.00                $.50                $4.50                 $4.50
Per Warrant                                  $ .10                $.01                $ .09                  --
Total(4)                                  $5,665,000            $566,500           $4,648,500             $450,000
</TABLE>


IN  CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  OF THIS INITIAL  PUBLIC
OFFERING MAY EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF
THE  SHARES AT LEVELS  ABOVE  THAT  WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZATION, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


                             Mason Hill & Co., Inc.


                     The date of this Prospectus is            , 1998.

                                        1

<PAGE>
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Company  has  filed  with  the  Washington,  D.C.  office  of  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission a Registration  Statement (the "Registration
Statement")  under the Securities Act with respect to the securities  offered by
this Prospectus.  This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth
in the Registration Statement,  certain parts of which are omitted in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Commission.  For further  information with
respect to the Company and this Offering,  reference is made to the Registration
Statement,  including the exhibits filed therewith.  Statements contained in the
Prospectus  as to the  contents  of any  contract  or  other  document  are  not
necessarily  complete  and  reference  is made to each  such  contract  or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,  each such statement
being qualified in all respects by such reference.

         The Company is subject to the reporting  requirements of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act").  Reports  and other
information filed by the Company can be inspected, without charge, at prescribed
rates from the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, or
at the  following  Regional  Offices of the  Commission,  at Citicorp,  500 West
Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661 or at Northeast  Regional
Office, 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. The Commission maintains
a World Wide Website that contains reports,  proxies and information  statements
and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that file  electronically  with the
Commission.    The    Commission's    World   Wide   Website   is   located   at
http://www.sec.gov.

         The Company  intends to distribute to its  stockholders  annual reports
containing  financial  statements  audited and reported upon by its  independent
public accountants after the close of each fiscal year, and will make such other
periodic  reports as the Company may  determine to be  appropriate  or as may be
required by law. The Company's fiscal year ends December 31st of each year.


                        ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

         The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware.  However, all of
the Company's directors and officers reside outside the United States (in Sweden
and  Norway)  and  substantially  all of the assets of the  Company  and of such
persons  are  located  outside  the United  States.  Service  of process  may be
effected upon the Company  through the Company's  American  counsel,  Sichenzia,
Ross & Friedman  LLP, in New York,  but it may be  difficult  for  investors  to
effect  service of process within the United States upon  non-resident  officers
and  directors.  Moreover,  it may not be  possible  to  enforce  any  judgments
obtained  against  the  Company  or such  persons in the  United  States  courts
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws or
other laws of the United  States or any state thereof in  jurisdictions  outside
the United States.

         The Company has been advised by its Swedish counsel (Falks Advokatbyra)
and its Norwegian  counsel  (Komnaes,  Huser & Co.),  that (1)there is no treaty
between  Sweden and the United States or between  Norway and the United  States,
and,  accordingly,  Swedish and Norwegian  courts would have no  obligations  to
enforce  judgments of the United States  obtained in actions against the Company
and/or  its  officers  and  directors  predicated  upon  the  civil  liabilities
provisions of the Federal  securities  laws, and (2) in original actions brought
in courts in jurisdictions  located outside the United States, there is doubt as
to the  enforceability  of  liabilities  predicated  upon  the  civil  liability
provisions  of the U.S.  securities  laws.  Swedish  and  Norwegian  courts,  in
original actions to enforce  liabilities  against such persons predicated solely
upon the Federal  securities  laws would apply the "Lex loci  delicti-principle"
pursuant to which the law of the  country in which  damage has been done will be
applied by Swedish and Norwegian  courts.  This principle is complemented by the
"Irma  Mignon-formula"  pursuant  to which the court  shall apply the law of the
country to which the issue in  question  has the closest  connection.  It is the
opinion of Swedish and Norwegian  counsel to the Company that both the "Lex loci
delicti-principle" and the "Irma Mignon-formula"

                                        2

<PAGE>
will most likely lead to the use of United  States laws by Swedish and Norwegian
Courts  in a  situation  where a Swedish  and  Norwegian  officer/director  of a
company  located in the United States has caused damage to such company.  It is,
however, not possible,  with absolute certainty,  to predict the courts decision
on this  choice of law issue,  however,  Swedish  and  Norwegian  counsel to the
Company  consider  the risks of a possible  adverse  court  determination  to be
considerably less than 50%.
                                   -----------

         The Company's executive office is located at 135 West 50th Street, 20th
Floor,  New York,  New York 10020 and its  telephone  number at that  address is
(212) 664-1200.

                                   -----------


         In April 1998, the Company incorporated Nortelco Nordic AS, a Norwegian
corporation,  for the purpose of becoming the parent holding  company for all of
the  company's   subsidiaries   which  are  involved  in  the   importation  and
distribution of electrical,  electronic and audio visual products.  Prior to the
completion  of this  offering,  the  Company  intends to  complete  a  corporate
restructuring  which will result in the Company  having the following  corporate
structure:

[graphic omitted]

         As used in this Prospectus,  the "Company" means Nordic Equity Partners
Corp., a Delaware corporation,  and its two wholly-owned subsidiaries,  Nortelco
Nordic  AS,  a  Norwegian  corporation,  and  Storebro  Machine  AB,  a  Swedish
corporation,  as well as the three wholly-owned  subsidiaries of Nortelco Nordic
AS, Nortelco System Teknikk AS, a Norwegian corporation,  Nortelco AB, a Swedish
corporation  and  Nortelco  AS,  a  Norwegian  corporation,  and  Nortelco  AS's
wholly-owned subsidiary Brannteknikk AS, a Norwegian corporation

         The "Nortelco  Group" means Nortelco Nordic AS, Nortelco System Teknikk
AS,  Nortelco AB, Nortelco AS and  Brannteknikk  AS. All of the companies in the
Nortelco Group engage in the importation and distribution of products for use in
the  electronic,  electrical  and  audio  visual  industries.  "Storebro"  means
Storebro Machine AB.


                                        3

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This  summary  highlights   information  contained  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.  This  summary  is not  complete  and  may  not  contain  all of the
information  that you should consider  before  investing in the Common Stock and
Warrants.  You should read the entire Prospectus carefully,  including the "Risk
Factors" section and the financial statements and the notes to those statements.
All  information in this  Prospectus has been adjusted to reflect an approximate
1.473-for-one stock split of the Common Stock effected in November 1998.

                                   The Company

         Nordic Equity Partners Corp.  imports and distributes  products for use
in the electronic, electrical and audio visual industries, and designs, installs
and sells  complete,  customized  conference  rooms and auditoriums and provides
after sale service and  maintenance  support to its customers.  The Company also
designs,  assembles and distributes lathes,  sells lathe spare parts to existing
lathe owners, and services, repairs and overhauls lathes owned by third parties.
All of the Company's  business and sales are conducted in the geographic area of
Scandinavia (Norway, Sweden and Finland).

Electrical, Electronic and Audio Visual Products

         The Company imports and distributes products for use in the electronic,
electrical and audio visual industries.  The Company also designs,  installs and
sells complete,  customized  conference rooms and auditoriums and provides after
sale service and maintenance support to its customers.

         Importation and Distribution of Products

         The Company does not manufacture  any of the electrical,  electronic or
audio visual products that it distributes.  The Company imports more than 13,000
products for distribution to over 1,000 customers  throughout  Scandinavia.  The
Company purchases its products from over fifty (50)  non-affiliated  third party
manufacturers worldwide,  including Germany and the United States. Substantially
all of the  Company's  products  are  sold by its  internal  sales  force  which
consists of approximately  fifty (50) full time salespersons based in Norway and
Sweden.

         The   Company's   strategy  is  to  have  its  product   line   consist
substantially  of  supplemental,  or  add-on,  products  to  other  high  volume
products.  Such  products  are  generally  highly  specific  products  which are
marketed and sold to a very narrow part of the market. Accordingly,  the Company
believes that its product line consists of "niche"  products.  The products sold
by the Company range in price from $1.00 to $100,000.

         The Company  believes that it has a competitive  advantage over foreign
product  manufacturers  who consider  entering into the Scandinavian  markets or
other distributors that are already located or doing business in Scandinavia due
to the following factors:

         o        Many foreign  product  manufacturers  avoid  establishing  and
                  maintaining new operations in Scandinavian  countries  because
                  of the start-up costs  associated  with new operations and the
                  local competition which already exists.

         o        The Company employs  salesmen who are either engineers or have
                  engineering  backgrounds  and who understand the clients' uses
                  and needs for the products.

         o        The  Company  believes  that it can  distribute  products  for
                  manufacturers  more efficiently and  inexpensively  because it
                  has  already   established   operations  in  the  Scandinavian
                  countries.

         Electronics Products

                                        4

<PAGE>
         The  Company  purchases  and  resells   approximately  5,000  different
products in the electronics industry,  including  components,  telecommunication
and datacommunication equipment, and studio and communication equipment.

         Electrical Products

         The Company  imports and distributes  approximately  7,000 products for
use in the electrical industry.  The price range that the Company sells products
to its customers in this industry is from $1 to $1,000. The Electrical  products
sold by the  Company  generally  are divided  into three main  areas:  explosion
prevention equipment and heavy-duty lighting equipment,  passive and active fire
protection equipment, and tools and materials for electrical installations.

         Audio Visual Products

         The Company  sells  approximately  1,000  products in the audio  visual
industry.  The  Company's  audio visual  products  include  audio  equipment (AV
cassette   recorders,   microphones,   sound  systems  and  cassettes)  overhead
projectors and  accessories and related  equipment (such as projection  screens,
portable and fixed video  projectors and data interface  equipment),  conference
room and auditorium  furniture and related equipment and light-dimming  systems.
The price range for such  products  generally  range from $100 to  $80,000.  The
Company   also   provides    consulting    services   with   clients   regarding
previously-built conference rooms and auditoriums.

Design, Assembly and Distribution of Lathes

         The Company designs, assembles and distributes lathes. The lathes which
the Company  designs,  assembles,  and distributes are principally used as metal
cutting machine tools. The lathes may,  however,  be specially  designed to work
with plastic or other  materials.  Metal cutting machine tools utilize a process
in which a part or  finished  product is  generated  or shaped by  rotating  the
workpiece.  Lathing is a  machining  process  whereby a surface is shaped with a
tool contained in the lathe which is applied to the rotating  workpiece which is
fitted in the lathe.

         The Company  sells seven  different  types of lathes which include both
computer numerically controlled ("CNC") lathes and traditional manually-operated
lathes.  The Company  distributes  its lathes mainly to customers in Germany and
Sweden, through its own and independent sales representatives. The prices of its
lathe products range from  $18,000-$360,000.  The Company also sells lathe spare
parts to existing lathe owners, and services, repairs and overhauls lathes owned
by third parties.

Strategy

         The  Company's  growth  strategy  is to expand its  operations  through
aquisitions and by expanding its product lines.

         Acquisition Strategy

         The  Company   intends  to  acquire   businesses  or  assets  that  are
complementary to the Company's business.  In particular,  the Company intends to
seek  candididates  which either have (i)  established  agency and  distribution
agreements  or (ii)  product  groups in niche  areas  which the  Company  is not
presently  engaged or are  complementary  to the products  currently sold by the
Company.

         Expansion of Products Offered

         The  Company  will  seek to enter  into  new  agency  and  distribution
agreements in order to provide its sales force with additional  products to sell
to its existing customers and to procure an expanded customer base.

                                        5

<PAGE>
                                  The Offering
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Securities Offered By:

<S>                                                         <C>                                 
         The Company                                        1,000,000 shares of Common Stock and
                                                            1,650,000 Warrants.

         The Principal Stockholders                         100,000 shares of Common Stock.

         The Selling Stockholders                           132,570 shares of Common Stock.

Common Stock Outstanding Before
Offering                                                    2,800,000 shares.

Common Stock Outstanding After
Offering(1)(2)                                              3,800,000 shares.

Warrants Outstanding After Offering                         1,650,000 Warrants.

     Exercise Terms                                         Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to
                                                            purchase one share of Common Stock for
                                                            $6.00, during the five (5) year period
                                                            commencing one year after the Effective
                                                            Date, subject to adjustment in certain
                                                            circumstances. See "Description of
                                                            Securities--Warrants".

         Expiration Date                                       ,  2004   (six
                                                            years    after   the
                                                            Effective Date).

         Redemption                                         Redeemable by the Company, in whole or in
                                                            part, at a price of $.05 per Warrant,
                                                            commencing one year after the Effective
                                                            Date upon not less than thirty (30) days
                                                            prior written notice to the holders of such
                                                            Warrants, provided that the closing bid
                                                            price (as defined) of the Company's Common
                                                            Stock for the twenty (20) consecutive
                                                            trading days immediately prior to the date
                                                            on which the notice of redemption is given,
                                                            shall have exceeded $9.25 per share.

Use of Proceeds                                             Repayment of indebtedness, acquisition of
                                                            businesses and working capital and other
                                                            general corporate purposes. See "Use of
                                                            Proceeds".

Risk Factors                                                Investment in the securities offered hereby
                                                            involves a high degree of risk and
                                                            immediate substantial dilution. See "Risk
                                                            Factors" and "Dilution".

Proposed NASDAQ Symbols:(3)
         Common Stock                                       NEPC
         Warrants                                           NEPCW
</TABLE>

- ------------------

(1)      Does not  include  (i) 165,000  shares of Common  Stock  subject to the
         Underwriters'  Over-allotment  Option;  (ii)  110,000  shares of Common
         Stock  and  165,000   Warrants   issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  the
         Underwriters'  Warrants;  or  (iii)  250,000  shares  of  Common  Stock
         reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan.
         See "Management", "Underwriting" and "Description of Securities".

(2)      Does not include 247,500 Warrants subject to the Underwriters' Over-
         allotment Option.


                                        6

<PAGE>
(3)      The  proposed  trading  symbols  do not imply  that a liquid and active
         market  will  be  developed  or  sustained  for  the  securities   upon
         completion of the Offering.


                                        7

<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

         The summary  financial  information set forth below is derived from and
should be read in conjunction with the consolidated  financial statements of the
Company, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Statement of Operations Data:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



     
                                                            Years Ended                                           Six Months Ended
                                                            December 31,                                             June 30,
                                                                                                                   (unaudited)
                                         1994        1995           1996            1997                    1997             1998
                                         ----        ----           ----            ----                    ----             ----
                      (In thousands, except for per share amounts)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>                    <C>               <C>   
Net Sales                                5,343        25,333         26,564          25,561                 12,473            12,798

Gross Profit                             1,649        10,075         10,673          10,125                  4,978             5,396

Income from
  operations                               442           795            840             406                    254               646

Net Income (loss)                          300           247            153           (124)                   (24)               240

Earnings Per Share:
  Basic and Diluted                        44.11         27.65          .14           (.04)                 (0.01)               .13
  

Weighted average
number of shares
outstanding                              6,801         8,932      1,055,582       2,800,000             2,800,000         2,800,000

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Balance Sheet Data:


                                                  Years Ended                                                 Six Months Ended
                                                   December 31,                                                    June 30,
                                         1995         1996        1997                                   1998            1998
                                 (In thousands, except for per share amounts)                            Actual      As Adjusted(1)
                                                                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>             <C>                                   <C>                <C>
Working capital(2)                        503          1,067           1,460                                1,866              5,755

Total assets                           12,258         12,757          12,349                                12,759            15,458

Long-term
  liabilities                           1,193            379           1,163                                 1,279             1,279

Total Liabilities                       9,861          9,239           9,428                                 9,678             8,488

Totalshareholders'
  equity                                2,397          3,518           2,921                                 3,081             6,970

</TABLE>
- --------------
(1)      Reflects  the  issuance  of the  1,000,000  shares of Common  Stock and
         1,650,000  Warrants  offered  hereby  and  the  application  of the net
         proceeds therefrom.

(2)      Working capital represents current assets less current liabiliities. 

                                        8

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         You  should  carefully   consider  the  following   factors  and  other
information in this Prospectus before deciding to invest in the shares of Common
Stock and Warrants.

DEPENDENCE BY THE COMPANY ON THIRD PARTY MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS

         The Company  does not own or operate any  manufacturing  or  production
facilities with respect to the  electrical,  electronic or audio visual products
that it sells. The Company distributes  electrical,  electronic and audio visual
products  which  are   manufactured  and  supplied  by  third  party  companies.
Accordingly,  the Company depends on third party manufacturers and suppliers for
its  products.  Typically,  the  Company  has  exclusive  agreements  with  such
manufacturers  and suppliers.  However,  these  companies  could terminate their
relationships  with the Company at any time.  The  Company  believes it has good
relationships  with its  manufacturers  and  suppliers  and  that it  would  not
experience delays in locating alternative sources for such products. The loss of
business  from a number of  manufacturers  and  suppliers  could have a material
adverse affect on the Company's  operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations" and "Business."

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING

         The Company  believes that the net proceeds from the sale of the Common
Stock and Warrants in this  Offering  will be  sufficient  to fund the Company's
operations for at least one year  following the  completion of this Offering.  A
large portion of the funds received by the Company  ($2,000,000) will be used to
acquire  companies  with related and  complementary  businesses.  The  continued
expansion and operation of the  Company's  business  beyond this one year period
may be dependent upon its ability to obtain additional  financing.  No assurance
can be given that the funds  allocated  for  acquisitions  will be sufficient to
complete any acquisition proposed. The amount of funds required for any proposed
acquisition will depend upon the nature, size and structure of such acquisition.
In the  event  that the  Company  requires  additional  funds  for any  proposed
acquisition,  the Company may be dependent upon its ability to obtain additional
financing to complete  such  acquisition.  The Company may not be able to obtain
such additional  financing on acceptable  terms or at all. In the event that the
Company is unable to obtain additional  financing,  the Company will not be able
to achieve all of its growth and  expansion  plans.  See "Use of  Proceeds"  and
"Managements's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

RISKS RELATED TO SCANDINAVIA

         The Company's  principal  operations are located in Norway,  Sweden and
Finland,  and the substantial portion of the Company's revenues are derived from
activities  located in such  countries.  As a result,  the economic,  political,
legal and social  conditions  in Norway,  Sweden and  Finland may have a serious
adverse impact on the Company's  results of operations and financial  condition.
While the Company has not, to date, experienced any material adverse effects due
to such risks, there can be no assurance

                                        9

<PAGE>
that  events  will not occur in the  future  which  could  result in  changes or
reforms in the current political,  economic,  legal or social conditions,  which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.

DEPENDENCE ON FOREIGN MANUFACTURING

         A substantial  portion of the Company's  business  consists of sales of
products  manufactured outside of Scandinavia.  Foreign manufacturing is subject
to a  number  of  risks,  including  transportation  delays  and  interruptions,
political  and  economic  disruptions,  tariffs and  import/export  controls and
changes in governmental  policies.  To date, the Company has not experienced any
such disruptions or added costs.  However, the occurrence of any of these events
could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business and financial
results. See "Business."

SENSITIVITY TO ECONOMIC AND OTHER CONDITIONS

     The Company's businesses may be affected by changes in economic conditions.
A downturn in the  economy in one or more  markets  served by the Company  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  operations.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations."

ACQUISITION STRATEGY

         The Company's growth strategy includes the acquisition of entities with
businesses and/or assets  complementary to the Company's  business.  The Company
does not  currently  have any  specific  acquisitions  identified.  The  Company
intends to seek acquisition  candidates in selected markets. No assurance can be
given  that  the  Company  will be  able to  identify  and  acquire  appropriate
businesses or obtain financing for such acquisitions on satisfactory  terms. The
process of integrating  acquired  businesses  into the Company's  operations may
result in unforeseen  difficulties and may require a disproportionate  amount of
resources  and  management's  attention.  Future  acquisitions  may be  financed
through  the  issuance  of  Common   Stock,   which  may  dilute  the  Company's
stockholders, or through the incurrence of additional indebtedness. Furthermore,
there can be no assurance that  competition for acquisition  candidates will not
escalate.  This increase in competition  could result in greater costs of making
acquisitions.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."

COMPETITION

         The Company  competes in markets  that are  extremely  competitive  and
sensitive to changing  consumer  preferences and demands.  The Company  competes
against many  companies  that are  substantially  larger and have  substantially
greater  financial,  employee and  marketing  resources  than the Company.  As a
result, these competitors, as well as their products, are more widely recognized
by the  public  which  may give  them a  competitive  advantage  in the  market.
Moreover, these competitors have the ability to develop and market products at a
more  competitive  price than those  distributed  by the Company.  The Company's
competitors  in the sale of  electrical,  electronic  and audio visual  products
include  Hawke,  Ltd.  (England),  Group  Schneider,  Ltd.  (France),  Wandel  &
Golterman  GmbH  (Germany),  Asea Brown Bowery AS (Norway) and Audio Grafiska AS
(Norway).  The Company's  competitors  in the sale of lathes  include Emco Maier
GmbH (Austria),  Gildemeister  N.E.F.-Drehmaschinen  GmbH (Germany), A. Monforts
GmbH  & Co.  Maschinenfabrik  (Germany),  Traub  AG  (Germany),  Yamazaki  Mazak
Corporation (Japan), Okuma Machinery Works Ltd. (Japan) and Mori Seiki Co., Ltd.
(Japan).  No assurances can be given that the Company will be able to compete in
its respective markets. See "Business."

FOREIGN CURRENCY AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE REGULATION

         The Company's sales are invoiced  primarily in the Norwegian Krone, the
Swedish Krone and the Finish Mark. An increasing  value of the Norwegian  Krone,
the Swedish  Krone and the Finish Mark would make the  Company's  products  more
expensive to its buyers.  Fluctuations in exchange rates of the Norwegian Krone,
the Swedish Krone and

                                       10

<PAGE>
the  Finish  Mark  against  foreign  currencies  and  the  translation  of  such
currencies into U.S. dollars for determining the Company's financial  statements
could adversely affect the Company's results and operations.  Furthermore, there
can be no  assurances  that the Company will be able to forecast and adjust to a
rapid fluctuation in the international currency market.

DEPENDENCE ON SALES OF LATHES

     The Company's  revenues from the service and sale of lathes and lathe parts
were  $3,900,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997  and  approximately
$1,800,000  for the six months ended June 30, 1998. A  substantial  reduction in
lathe  sales  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  total
revenues. See "Business."

LACK OF EXPERIENCE OF THE REPRESENTATIVE

         Mason Hill & Co, Inc., the representative of the several  underwriters,
was organized in March 1995, was first registered as a broker dealer in December
1995, and became a member firm of the NASD in December 1995. The  Representative
is  principally  engaged in retail  brokerage and market making  activities  and
various corporate finance projects.  Although the  Representative has acted as a
placement  agent in private  offerings and has  participated  as a member of the
underwriting syndicate or as a selected dealer in public offerings,  it only has
acted as the lead managing  underwriter in three prior public  offerings and has
co-managed two other public offerings.  The Representative's  lack of experience
as a lead managing  underwriter of public  offerings could adversely  affect the
Offering and the subsequent development of a liquid public trading market in the
Company's securities.

BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

     Approximately 64.5% of the net proceeds of this Offering will be applied to
acquisitions  and working  capital.  Accordingly,  management  will have a broad
discretion over the use of proceeds. See "Use of Proceeds."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The  Company  believes  that its  ability  to  successfully  implement  its
business strategy and to operate profitably depends on the continued  employment
of its senior  management  team led by Mr. Bjorn Nysted.  If Mr. Nysted or other
members of the  management  team become unable or unwilling to continue in their
present  positions,  the  Company's  business  and  financial  results  could be
materially adversely affected. See "Management."

PRODUCT LIABILITY

     The Company has approximately  $500,000 in product liability insurance with
respect to the sale of  electrical,  electronic and audio visual  products.  The
Company also has approximately  $2,000,000 of product  liability  insurance with
respect to the manufacture of lathes.  To date, the Company has not been a party
to any material  product  liability claims asserted against it, and believes its
product liability  insurance is sufficient.  However,  no assurance can be given
that in the future a claim will not be made  against the  Company  and that,  if
made, such insurance will be sufficient.

CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT

     Following  this  Offering,  management  of the  Company  beneficially  owns
approximately 59.7% of the outstanding Common Stock. Accordingly,  management of
the Company  will have the power to elect a majority of the  directors,  appoint
management and approve certain  actions  requiring the approval of a majority of
the Company's  stockholders.  See "Principal  Stockholders"  and "Description of
Securities."


<PAGE>

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

         Certain of the provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
could  make it more  difficult  for a third  party  to  acquire  control  of the
Company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to stockholders. The
Certificate of Incorporation allows the Company to issue preferred stock without
stockholder  approval.  Such issuances  could make it more difficult for a third
party   to   acquire   control   of   the   Company.    See    "Description   of
Securities--Preferred Stock."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     The Company currently has 2,800,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding that
are "restricted securities",  as that term is defined under Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). In general,
under Rule 144, a person who has satisfied a two-year  holding period may, under
certain circumstances,  sell within any three month period a number of shares of
Common  Stock  that does not exceed  the  greater of 1% of the then  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock or the  average  weekly  trading  volume in such  shares
during the four calendar weeks prior to such sale. Rule 144 also permits,  under
certain  circumstances,  the  sale of  shares  without  any  quantity  or  other
limitation  by a  person  who is not an  affiliate  of the  Company  and who has
satisfied a  three-year  holding  period.  Any  substantial  sale of  restricted
securities under Rule 144 could have a significant  adverse effect on the market
price of the Company's securities.

     Giving effect to the sale of 1,000,000 by the Company and 100,000 shares by
the  Principal  Stockholders,  the  Company  will have  issued  and  outstanding
3,800,000  shares of its Common Stock,  of which  2,700,000  will be "restricted
securities". See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     All of the Company's  securityholders,  on the date hereof, have agreed not
to  publicly  sell,  for a  period  of two  (2)  years  from  the  date  of this
Prospectus,  any shares of the Company's  Common Stock without the prior written
consent of the Representative.  The Representative's decision whether to release
such individuals  from their lock-ups will be dependent upon market  conditions,
including the price and volume for the Company's securities, as well as the need
to maintain orderly market conditions.

DILUTION

     The initial  public  offering price per share exceeds the net tangible book
value per share. Accordingly, the purchasers of shares sold in the Offering will
experience  immediate and substantial dilution  (approximately  68.5%, or $3.42,
per share). See "Dilution."

DIVIDENDS POLICY

     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive  dividends when, as and
if declared by the Board of Directors,  out of funds legally available therefor.
To date, no dividends  have been  declared or paid on the Common Stock,  and the
Company does not intend to declare any dividends in the foreseeable  future.  It
is currently  anticipated  that  earnings,  if any,  will be used to develop and
finance the Company's proposed business operations. See "Dividend Policy."

LACK OF MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS; DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICES

     Prior to this Offering,  there has been no sustained  public market for the
Company's  Common Stock and no public  market for the  Company's  Warrants.  The
Company does not know the extent to which investor  interest in the Company will
lead to  development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. The
initial public offering prices of the Common Stock and Warrants and the exercise
price and other terms of the Warrants were determined through negotiations among
the  Company  and the  Underwriter.  Investors  may not be able to resell  their
shares of Common  Stock or  Warrants  at or above the  initial  public  offering
prices. See "Underwriting".


                                       12

<PAGE>
NASDAQ  MAINTENANCE  REQUIREMENTS;  POSSIBLE  DELISTING OF SECURITIES  FROM
NASDAQ MARKET; RISKS OF LOW-PRICED STOCKS

         The Company has applied for listing of the Common Stock and Warrants on
NASDAQ upon the Effective  Date.  The Commission has approved rules for imposing
criteria  for  listing  of  securities  on  NASDAQ,   including   standards  for
maintenance  of such  listing.  If the  Company  is  unable  to  satisfy  NASDAQ
maintenance  criteria for listing in the future,  its securities may be delisted
from NASDAQ. In such event,  trading, if any, in the Company's  securities would
thereafter be conducted in the  over-the-counter  market in the so-called  "pink
sheets" or the NASD's  "Electronic  Bulletin  Board." As a  consequence  of such
delisting,  an investor would likely find it more difficult to dispose of, or to
obtain quotations as to, the price of the Company's securities.

         If the  Company's  Common  Stock or  Warrants  are not listed on Nasdaq
and/or the Boston Stock  Exchange,  they may become  subject to Rule 15g-9 under
the Exchange Act. That rule imposes  additional  sales practice  requirements on
broker-dealers that sell low-priced securities to persons other than established
customers and institutional  accredited  investors.  For transactions covered by
this rule, a broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the
purchaser and have received the  purchaser's  written consent to the transaction
prior to sale.  Consequently,  the rule may affect the ability of broker-dealers
to sell our shares and may affect the  ability of holders to sell  shares of the
Company's Common Stock in the secondary market.

PENNY STOCK REGULATION

         The Commission  defines a "penny stock" to be any equity  security that
has a market  price of less than  $5.00 per share or an  exercise  price of less
than  $5.00  per  share,   subject  to  certain  exceptions.   The  penny  stock
restrictions  will not apply to the  Company's  Common Stock or Warrants if they
are listed on The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market or the Boston Stock  Exchange and the
Company  provides  certain  price  and  volume  information  on  a  current  and
continuing  basis,  or meets  required  minimum net  tangible  assets or average
revenue criteria. The Company cannot assure you that our shares will qualify for
exemption from these  restrictions.  If the Company's  securities were to become
subject to the regulations  applicable to penny stocks, the market liquidity for
the securities could be adversely affected.

POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF REDEMPTION OF WARRANTS

         The Warrants  offered hereby are redeemable,  in whole or in part, at a
price of $.05 per  Warrant,  commencing  one year after the  Effective  Date and
prior to their  expiration;  provided  that (i) prior notice of not less than 30
days is given to the Warrantholders; (ii) the closing bid price of the Company's
Common Stock for the twenty (20) consecutive  trading days immediately  prior to
the date on which the notice of redemption is given,  shall have exceeded  $9.25
per share; and (iii)  Warrantholders  shall have exercise rights until the close
of the  business  day  preceding  the  date  fixed  for  redemption.  Notice  of
redemption of the Warrants  could force the holders to exercise the Warrants and
pay the Exercise Price at a time when it may be  disadvantageous  for them to do
so,  or to sell the  Warrants  at the  current  market  price  when  they  might
otherwise  wish to hold them, or to accept the  redemption  price,  which may be
substantially  less  than  the  market  value  of the  Warrants  at the  time of
redemption.  The  Company  has  agreed  to use its  best  efforts  to  keep  the
registration  statement  current in connection with any proposed exercise of the
Warrants.  Further,  the Warrants may not be exercised  unless the  registration
statement  pursuant to the  Securities  Act  covering the  underlying  shares of
Common Stock is current and such shares have been  qualified  for sale, or there
is an exemption from applicable qualification requirements, under the securities
laws of the state of  residence  of the  holder of the  Warrants.  Although  the
Company does not  presently  intend to do so, the Company  reserves the right to
call the Warrants for redemption  whether or not such underlying shares are not,
or cannot be, registered in the applicable states.  Such restrictions could have
the effect of preventing certain Warrantholders from liquidating their Warrants.
Further, in the event the Company does not have a current

                                                                              13

<PAGE>
     registration  statement in effect,  the Company would be unable to call the
Warrants for redemption. See "Description of Securities--Warrants."

CURRENT PROSPECTUS AND STATE BLUE SKY REGISTRATION REQUIRED TO EXERCISE WARRANTS

         Holders of the  Warrants  will have the right to exercise  the Warrants
for the purchase of shares of Common Stock only if a current prospectus relating
to such shares is then in effect and only if the shares are  qualified  for sale
under the  securities  laws of the applicable  state or states.  The Company has
undertaken  and intends to file and keep current a prospectus  which will permit
the purchase and sale of the Common Stock underlying the Warrants, but there can
be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to do so.  Although the Company
intends to seek to qualify for sale the shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the
Warrants in those states in which the securities are to be offered, no assurance
can be given that such qualification will occur. In addition, purchasers may buy
Warrants in the aftermarket or may move to  jurisdictions in which the shares of
Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants are not so  registered or
qualified  during the period that the Warrants are  exercisable.  In such event,
the  Company  would be  unable  to issue  shares to those  persons  desiring  to
exercise  their  Warrants  unless and until the shares  could be  registered  or
qualified for sale in the  jurisdiction in which such purchasers  reside,  or an
exemption to such qualification  exists or is granted in such jurisdiction.  The
Warrants may lose or be of no value if a prospectus covering the shares issuable
upon the exercise  thereof is not kept current or if such underlying  shares are
not, or cannot be,  registered in the applicable  states.  See  "Description  of
Securities--Warrants."

RELATIONSHIP OF UNDERWRITERS TO TRADING

         The  Underwriters  may act as brokers or  dealers  with  respect to the
purchase or sale of the Common  Stock and the  Warrants in the  over-the-counter
market where each is expected to trade. The Representative also has the right to
act as the Company's  exclusive agent in connection with any future solicitation
of warrantholders  to exercise their Warrants.  Regulation M, which was recently
adopted  to  replace  Rule  10b-6 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended,  may prohibit the  Representative  from  engaging in any  market-making
activities  or  solicited  brokerage  activities  with  regard to the  Company's
securities   during  a  period   beginning  nine  business  days  prior  to  the
commencement of any such solicitation and ending on the later of the termination
of such solicitation activity or the termination (by waiver or otherwise) of any
right  the  Representative  may have to  receive a fee for the  exercise  of the
Warrants  following  such  solicitation.  As a result,  the  Representative  and
soliciting  broker/dealers  may be  unable to  continue  to make a market in the
Company's  securities  during certain  periods while the exercise of Warrants is
being solicited. Such a limitation,  while in effect, could impair the liquidity
and market price of the Company's securities.

UNDERWRITERS' WARRANTS AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS

         In connection with this Offering, the Company has agreed to sell to the
Underwriters, for $10, the Underwriters' Warrants which entitle the Underwriters
to  purchase  up to 110,000  shares of Common  Stock  and/or  165,000  Warrants,
respectively.  The  securities  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Underwriters'
Warrants  are  identical  to those  offered  pursuant  to this  prospectus.  The
Underwriters'  Warrants are exercisable at $6.00 and $.12,  respectively,  for a
period of four years  commencing one year from the Effective  Date. The exercise
of the  Underwriters'  Warrants and the Warrants  contained in the Underwriters'
Warrants  may dilute the value of the shares of Common  Stock to be  acquired by
holders of the Warrants,  may adversely  affect the Company's  ability to obtain
equity  capital,  and, if the Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of the
Underwriters'  Warrants and the Warrants contained in the Underwriters' Warrants
are sold in the public  market,  may  adversely  affect the market  price of the
Common Stock. The Underwriters have been granted certain  "piggyback" and demand
registration  rights  for a period of five years  from the  Effective  Date with
respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities  directly
or indirectly issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants. The exercise
of  such  rights  could  result  in  substantial  expense  to the  Company.  See
"Underwriting."

                                       14

<PAGE>
EFFECT OF YEAR 2000 ISSUES ON THE COMPANY'S OPERATIONS

         Recently,  national attention has focused on the potential problems and
costs  resulting  from computer  programs  being written using two digits rather
than four to define the year.  After  December 31, 1999,  many computer  systems
used today may be unable operate  properly because it will recognize the date as
the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  The  Company has been  assessing  this
Year 2000 issue as it relates to its business.  Because the Company is dependent
on third party  vendors,  the  Company's  review  covers both the  Company's own
computer  systems and the computer  systems of the Company's third party vendors
and  manufacturers.  Failures  and  interruptions,  if any,  resulting  from the
inability of certain  computing  systems of third party vendors to recognize the
Year 2000 could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  results of
operations.   For  example,   the  Company  may  be  unable  to  process   sales
transactions,  send invoices or engage in any similar normal business  activity.
Although the Company may incur substantial costs in correcting Year 2000 issues,
such costs are uncertain and cannot be estimated at this time.

                                       15

<PAGE>
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net  proceeds to the Company from the sale the  Securities  offered
hereby  are  estimated  to be  approximately  $3,893,550  ($4,632,832.50  if the
Underwriters'  Over-allotment  Option  is  exercised  in full)  after  deducting
underwriting  commissions and discounts and other expenses of the Offering.  The
Company expects to use the net proceeds approximately as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Approximate
                     Application of                                            Approximate             Percentage of
                      Net Proceeds                                            Dollar Amount            Net Proceeds

<S>                        <C>                                                  <C>                           <C>  
         Repayment of Notes(1)                                                  $   834,400                   21.4%
         Repayment of Indebtedness(2)                                               550,000                   14.1%
         Acquisitions(3)                                                          2,000,000                   51.4%
         Working Capital                                                            509,150                   13.1%
                                                                                 ----------                  -----
           Total                                                                 $3,893,550                  100.0%
                                                                                 ==========                  =====
</TABLE>

- --------------------

(1)      The  Notes  which  are  payable  to  unaffiliated  third  parties  were
         originally  payable on the earlier of the  closing of this  Offering or
         February 15,  1998.  The holders of the Notes have agreed to extend the
         due date on the Notes to the earlier of the closing of this Offering or
         November  15,  1998.  $142,500  of the  principal  amount of the Notes,
         together with accrued interest  thereon,  were repaid in November 1998.
         The Company has paid all accrued interest on the remaining  outstanding
         Notes through  August 15, 1998. The remaining  principal  amount of the
         Notes of $807,500 bears  interest at the rate of 10% per annum.  In the
         event the Notes are repaid on December  15,  1998,  the total amount of
         interest to be paid to the holders of the Notes shall be  approximately
         $26,900.  The proceeds of the loans were used for corporate and general
         working  capital  purposes,  including the costs incurred in connection
         with a previously withdrawn proposed public offering.

(2)      The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds from this Offering
         to  repay  certain  loans  which  were  made  to the  Company  and  its
         subsidiary,  Nortelco  AS, by Mr.  Goran  Haggqvist  for the purpose of
         financing  repayment of portions of the Notes,  paying  interest on the
         Notes and paying certain other costs in connection  with this Offering.
         See "Certain Transactions."

(3)      The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds from this Offering
         to pursue acquisition of entities with businesses and/or assets similar
         to the  Company's.  The  amount  of  funds  required  for any  proposed
         acquisition  will depend upon the nature,  size and  structure  of such
         acquisition.  In the event that the Company  requires  additional funds
         for any proposed  acquisition,  the Company may be  dependent  upon its
         ability to obtain  additional  financing to complete such  acquisition.
         See "Risk Factors--Acquisition Strategy."


         The  foregoing   represents  the  Company's  current  estimate  of  the
allocation  of the net proceeds of the Offering  based upon certain  assumptions
relating to the Company's business. Future events, including changes in economic
conditions,  regulatory  or  competitive  conditions,  and the  success  or lack
thereof of the Company's businesses,  may make shifts in the allocation of funds
necessary or desirable.  There can be no assurance that the Company's  estimates
will prove to be accurate or that unforeseen expenses will not be incurred.

         The Company  anticipates,  based on its  currently  proposed  plans and
assumptions  relating to its  operations,  that the  proceeds of this  Offering,
together with projected cash flow from  operations and available cash resources,
will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's  contemplated  cash requirements for
at least twelve (12) months following the consummation of this Offering.  In the
event that the Company's plans change, its

                                       16

<PAGE>
assumptions  change  or  prove  to be  inaccurate,  or if the  proceeds  of this
Offering or cash flow otherwise prove to be insufficient to fund operations (due
to unanticipated expenses, problems, difficulties or otherwise), the Company may
find it necessary or advisable  to  reallocate  some of the proceeds  within the
above-described  categories  or may be  required  to seek  additional  financing
sooner than currently anticipated or curtail its expansion activities. There can
be no assurance  that  additional  financing will be available to the Company on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

         Proceeds not immediately required for the purposes described above will
be invested  principally in short-term bank certificates of deposit,  short-term
securities,  United States Government  obligations,  money market instruments or
other interest-bearing investments.



                                       17

<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION

         The difference  between the initial public  offering price per share of
Common Stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock
after this Offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this Offering.  Net
tangible  book value per share is  determined  by dividing the net tangible book
value of the  Company  (total  tangible  assets less total  liabilities)  by the
number of outstanding shares of Common stock. The following discussions allocate
no value to the Warrants.

         At  June  30,  1998,  the  Company's   tangible   assets  exceeded  its
liabilities by  approximately  $2,099,000 and accordingly  the Company's  Common
Stock had a net  tangible  book value of  approximately  $0.75 per share.  After
giving  effect to the  receipt of the net  proceeds  from the sale of the Common
Stock offered hereby at an initial  public  offering price of $5.00 per share of
Common Stock (less  underwriting  discount and offering  expenses) the pro forma
net  tangible  book  value of the  Company  at June 30,  1998  would  have  been
approximately $5,987,550 or $1.58 per share,  representing an immediate increase
in net tangible book value of $0.83 per share to the existing  stockholders  and
an immediate dilution of $3.42 per share (68.4%) to new investors. The following
table illustrates dilution to new investors on a per share basis:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                  <C>           <C>  
         Initial public offering price                                                                             $5.00
           Net tangible book value per share before this Offering(1)                                 $0.75
           Increase per share attributable to new investors                                           0.83
                                                                                                     -----
         Pro forma net tangible book value per share after
           this Offering                                                                                            1.58
         Dilution per share to new investors(2)                                                                    $3.42
</TABLE>

(1)      Net  tangible  book  value  per share is  determined  by  dividing  the
         Company's net tangible book value (total assets less intangible  assets
         and  total  liabilities)  at June 30,  1998 by the  number of shares of
         Common Stock then outstanding.

(2)      Dilution per share is determined by subtracting  pro forma net tangible
         book  value  per share  after  the  Offering  from the  initial  public
         offering price per share.  The foregoing table also assumes no exercise
         of the  Underwriters'  Warrant or options to purchase 250,000 shares of
         Common Stock to be granted pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan.

         In the event the  Underwriters  exercise the  Over-allotment  Option in
full,  the pro forma net  tangible  book value per share would be  approximately
$6,726,300 which would result in dilution to new investors of $3.40 per share.

         The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1998
the  respective  positions  of  the  Company's  existing  stockholders  and  new
investors  with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock  purchased  from
the Company,  the total cash  consideration paid and the average price per share
paid by the existing  stockholders  and by the new investors with respect to the
1,000,000  shares of Common  Stock to be issued  by the  Company  at an  initial
public offering price of $5.00 per share.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       Percentage                   
                                              Percentage                                Of Total          Average
                           Shares              of Total            Aggregate          Consideratio         Price
                        Purchased(1)            Shares           Consideration             n             per Share
Existing
<S>                           <C>                <C>                   <C>               <C>               <C>  
Shareholders.........         2,800,000          73.7%                 $2,211,800        30.7%             $0.79

New Investors........         1,000,000          26.3%                 $5,000,000        69.3%             $5.00
                              ---------         ------                 ----------        -----
Total................         3,800,000         100.0%                 $7,211,800        100.0%
                              =========         ======                 ==========        ======
</TABLE>

     (1) This  information  does not reflect  250,000  Shares that may be issued
under the Company's Stock Option Plan.

         The  foregoing  table assumes no exercise of any Warrants or options to
purchase  250,000 shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to the Company's
1998 Stock Option Plan.
<PAGE>
                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         To date,  the Company has paid no dividends on any shares of its Common
Stock and the Company's  Board of Directors  has no present  intention of paying
any dividends on its Common Stock in the  foreseeable  future,  as it intends to
use its  earnings,  if any, to  generate  increased  growth.  The payment by the
Company of dividends in the future,  if any,  rests solely within the discretion
of the  Board of  Directors  and will  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  the
Company's earnings,  capital  requirements and financial  condition,  as well as
other  factors  deemed  relevant by the Company's  Board of Directors.  Although
dividends are not limited  currently by any agreements,  it is anticipated  that
future agreements,  if any, with institutional  lenders or others may also limit
the Company's ability to pay dividends.

                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth (i) the capitalization of the Company as
of June 30, 1998, and (ii) such capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the
sale, by the Company, of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,650,000 Warrants
at initial  public  offering  prices of $5.00 per share and $.10 per Warrant and
the  application  of the net  proceeds  therefrom.  This table should be read in
conjunction  with the  Financial  Statements  and the  notes  thereto  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     
                                                                                June 30, 1998
                                                                                          As
                                                                           Actual         Adjusted(1)
                                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>         
Current liabilities ...................................................   $  8,399,000    $  7,209,000
Long-term liabilities .................................................   $  1,279,000    $  1,279,000
Common Stock, $.001 par value; 19,000,000 shares authorized; ..........      2,800,000
  shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 1998 (actual); 3,800,000
  shares issued and
  outstanding as adjusted .............................................   $      2,800    $      3,800
Capital in excess of par value ........................................   $  2,209,000    $  6,096,550
Retained earnings .....................................................   $  1,204,000    $  1,204,000
Cumulative Currency Translation Adjustment ............................   $   (334,000)   $   (334,000)
  Total shareholders' equity ..........................................   $  3,081,800    $  6,970,350
                                                                          ------------    ------------
  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ..........................   $ 12,759,800    $ 15,458,350
                                                                          ============    ============
</TABLE>

(1)      The  adjusted   column  reflects  the  changes  that  will  occur  upon
         completion of this Offering.

                              MARKET FOR SECURITIES

         There  is  presently  no  established  public  trading  market  for the
Company's Common Stock.  Present  management is unaware of any active trading in
the Company's Common Stock within the last five (5) years.

         The approximate  number of record holders of the Company's Common Stock
as of November 1, 1998 was approximately 630.

                                       19

<PAGE>
                         SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The  following  is a summary  of the  Company's  financial  information
extracted from the indicated year end Consolidated  Financial  Statements of the
Company, and is qualified in its entirety by the detailed financial  information
appearing in the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and the Notes thereto and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations." The unaudited  Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for
the  interim  periods  ended  June 30,  1998 and  1997,  have been  prepared  by
management from the books and records of the Company and reflect, in the opinion
of management,  all  adjustments  (consisting of normally  occurring  accruals),
necessary  for a  fair  presentation  of  the  financial  position,  results  of
operations,  and changes in the  financial  position of the  Company,  as at the
periods  indicated  therein.  Results  for interim  periods are not  necessarily
indicative of results which can be expected for the entire year.


Statement of Operations Data:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Years Ended                                               Six Months Ended    
                                                     December 31,                                                     June 30,     
                                          1994        1995         1996         1997                             1997        1998  
                                    ------------------------------------------------------                    -----------  --------
                                            (in thousands, except for per share amounts)                                 (Unaudited)

REVENUES:

<S>                                    <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>                         <C>              <C>
   Net Sales                           $  5,343       $ 25,333    $ 26,564      $ 25,561                   $   12,473       $ 12,798
   Cost of Goods Sold                     3,694         15,258      15,891        15,436                        7,495          7,402
                                       --------       --------   ---------      --------                        ------        ------

   Gross Profit                           1,649         10,075         10,673          10,125                   4,978          5,396

  Sales & Marketing
    Expenses                                473          3,144          3,713           3,455                     812            759
   General & Administrative
    Expenses                           719               5,924          5,952           6,062                   3,809          3,915
   Amortization of agency
    and distribution rights                  15            212            168             202                     103             76
                                       --------         ------         ------           -----                  ------         ------

   Income from operations                   442            795            840             406                     254            646
                                       --------         ------         ------          ------                  ------         ------

   Interest income                            8             83             39              22                      40            22
   Foreign exchange gain                   --              100             60              46                      --             --
   Interest expense                        (50)          (514)          (487)            (438)                   (255)         (235)
   Foreign exchange loss                    (8)           (26)           (18)           (42)                       --            --
                                       --------        -------         ------        -------                   ------         ------

   Net Income (loss)
    before taxes                            392            438            434             (6)                       39          433

Income taxes payable                         92            196            311             119                       63          193
Change in deferred taxes                     --            (5)            (30)          (1)                         --           --
                                        -------        -------          ------      -------                     ------       -------

   Total taxes                               92            191             281          118                         63           193
                                       --------        -------          ------      -------                     ------       -------

   Net Income (loss)                        300            247             153        (124)                       (24)           240
                                       --------        -------         -------      -------                     ------       -------

   Translation adjustments                   33            265           (82)         (473)                      (317)          (77)
                                       --------        -------         ------       -------                     ------       -------

Other comprehensive income:
   Comprehensive income (loss)              333            512             71         (597)                      (341)           163
                                       ========        =======         ======       -------                     ======        ======

Earnings Per Share:
   Basic                               $ 44.11       $ 27.65       $  .14       $ (.04)                         $ (0.01)       $ .13
                                       =======       =======       ======       =======                         ========      ======
   Diluted                             $ 44.11       $ 27.65       $  .14       $ (.04)                         $ (0.01)       $ .13
                                       =======       =======       ======       =======                         ========      ======
</TABLE>

                                       20

<PAGE>
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            December 31,                       
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1995               1996                     1997               June 30, 1998
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------                     (unaudited)
                                                                   (in thousands)

 ASSETS:
   Current Assets:
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>                       <C>                   <C>    
   Cash and cash equivalents                      $   491              $   410                   $   547               $   274
   Restricted Cash and cash Equivalents                                                                                    120
   Trade Accounts Receivable                        3,832                4,227                     4,899                 4,697
  Other Receivables                                    63                  152                       127                   297
   Inventory                                        4,501                4,734                     3,765                 4,806
   Prepaid Expenses                                   258                  245                       250                    71
                                                  -------              -------                   -------               -------

   Total Current Assets                             9,171                9,927                     9,725                10,265
                                                  -------              -------                   -------               -------

   Property, plant and equipment, net               1,234                1,138                     1,173                 1,212
   Prepaid pension expense                            501                  457                       326                   287
   Agency & distribution rights                     1,297                1,121                     1,086                   982
   Other Assets                                        55                  114                        39                    13
                                                  -------              -------                   -------               -------

   Total Assets                                    12,258               12,757                    12,349                12,759
                                                  =======              =======                   =======               =======


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Current Liabilities:
   Short-term borrowings                          $  1,331             $ 2,352                   $ 3,118               $ 2,930
   Accounts payable                                  3,485               3,456                     3,112                 3,087
   Witholding tax and other taxes payable            1,170                 936                       987                   710
   Income taxes payable                                 45                 273                        59                   279
   Prepayments from customers                          574                 448                       270                   342
   Current portion long-term debt                      403                 422                       167                   167
   Related party debt                                1,000                 494                        --                --
   Current prtion of related prty dbts                                                                                     129
   Other current liabilities                           660                 479                       496                   755
                                                  --------             -------                   -------               -------

   Total current liabilities                         8,668               8,860                     8,265                 8,399
                                                     -----             -------                   -------               -------

   Long-term Liabilities:
   Long term debt                                      991                 204                       746                   902
   Related party debt                                  --                   --                       246                   206
   Deferred income taxes                               202                 175                       171                   171
                                                  --------             -------                   -------               -------

   Total long-term liabilities                       1,193                 379                     1,163                 1,279
                                                  --------             -------                   -------               -------

   Total liabilities                                 9,861               9,239                     9,428                 9,678
                                                  --------             -------                   -------               -------

   Shareholders' Equity:
   Common Stock, authorized 100,000,000
    shares issued & outstanding, 1,900,625
    shares per June 30, 1998 & 1997                    --                    3                         3                     3
   Capital in excess of par value                    1,161               2,208                     2,208                 2,208
   Retained earnings                                   938               1,091                       967                 1,204
   Other comprehensive income                        --                    216                     (257)                  (334)
                                                  --------             -------                   -------               --------

   Total shareholders' equity                        2,397               3,518                     2,921                 3,081
                                                  --------             -------                   -------               -------

   Total liabilities and Total
   shareholders' equity                           $ 12,258             $12,757                   $12,349               $12,759
                                                  ========             -------                   =======               =======
</TABLE>



                                       21

<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
the  Financial   Statements  and  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.  The discussion is based upon such financial  statements  which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles
and are presented in United States dollars ($).

Results of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               For Twelve Months
                                                                            Ended December 31,      
                                                                         1997             1996             1995 
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>   
Net Sales                                                               100.0%           100.0%           100.0%
Cost of Goods Sold                                                       60.4%            59.8%            60.2%
                                                                       -------           ------           ------
Gross Profit                                                             39.6%            40.2%            39.8%
Operating Expenses:
 Selling, General and Administrative                                     38.0%            37.0%            36.7%
 Interest                                                                 1.6%             1.5%             1.4%
Earnings before other income taxes
 extraordinary income and minority interest                               0.0%             1.7%             1.7%
Earnings before taxes, extraordinary income
 and minority interest                                                    0.0%             1.7%             1.7%
Earnings/(Loss) before taxes & minority interest                          0.0%             1.7%             1.7%
Earnings/(Loss) before minority interest                                 (0.5%)            0.6%             1.0%
Net Earnings/(Loss)                                                      (0.5%)            0.6%             1.0%

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                            For Six Months
                                                                             Ended June 30,      
                                                                         1998             1997 
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>   
Net Sales                                                               100.0%           100.0%
Cost of Goods Sold                                                       57.8%            60.1%
                                                                       -------          -------
Gross Profit                                                             42.2%            39.9%
Operating Expenses:
 Selling, General and Administrative                                     37.1%            37.7%
 Interest                                                                 1.7%             1.7%
Earnings before other income taxes
 extraordinary income and minority interest                               3.4%             0.5%
Earnings before taxes, extraordinary income
 and minority interest                                                    3.4%             0.5%
Earnings/(Loss) before taxes & minority interest                          3.4%             0.5%
Earnings/(Loss) before minority interest                                  1.9%            (0.1%)
Net Earnings/(Loss)                                                       1.9%            (0.1%)

</TABLE>


Comparison  of the six Months  Ended June 30, 1998 to the six Months  Ended June
30, 1997.


<PAGE>
        The Company  operates in two  industry  segments:(a)  the  purchase  and
distribution of electronic,  electrical and audio-visual equipment (The Nortelco
Group) and (b) the design, assembly and distribution of lathes (Storebro Machine
AB).

        Net Income

     The  Company's  net income for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 was
$240,000,  an increase of $246,000 from 1997, when the Company had a net loss of
$6,000. Net income for The Nortelco Group increased by approximately  523%, from
$77,000  to  $479,000,  as a result  of the  Company  increasing  its  sales and
obtaining a higher  percentage of the market.  Net income  increased  especially
within the fire  protection  area due to large  "call-off"  orders  received  in
connection with two offshore oil rig projects.

     For the six month period ended June 30, 1998, Storebro Machine AB had a net
loss of ($46,000),  compared to net income of $52,000 for six month's ended June
30, 1997,  which  represented  a decrease of  approximately  189%.  The decrease
primarily  resulted from a large  decrease in its sales to the German market due
to lower prices on lathes produced in the Far East.  Storebro also suffered from
the effects of lower exchange rates on certain Far East currencies. As a result,
the Company has taken steps to improve Storebro's results,  including purchasing
more  materials  from Far East  countries  in order to reduce  its  prices.  The
Company  has also  recently  begun to  implement a  corporate  restructuring  of
Storebro. This restructuring has included changes in its senior management and a
significant reduction in the number of its employees,  as well as changes in its
sales methods.  The Company beleives that the effects of its changes will not be
realized until 1999.

     Net income from operations for the Company's Scandinavian subsidiaries, the
Nortelco   Group  and  Storebro,   increased   from   operations   increased  by
approximately 335% from $129,000 for the six month period ended June 30, 1997 to
$433,000 for the six month period ended June 30, 1998.

        The net income  (loss) for the Company's  two  industrial  segments were
offset by net losses  incurred by the Company in the amount of $193,000  for the
six months  ended June 30, 1998 and  $135,000  for the six months ended June 30,
1997.

        Net Sales

        Net sales for the Company increased by $324,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 1998, from $12,474,000 to $12,798,000,  or approximately 2.6%, from the
previous year as a result of normal growth.

        Gross Profit

        Gross  profit  increased  for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1998 by
$417,000 from $4,979,000 to $5,396,000, or approximately 8.4% as a result of the
increased net sales and higher profit margin on products sold.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling,  General  and  Administrative  Expenses  increased  for the six
months  ended June 30, 1998 by  $44,000,  from  $4,706,000  to  $4,750,000,  and
decreased as a percentage of net sales to 37.1% from 37.7%.


Comparison  of the Twelve  Months Ended  December 31, 1997 to the Twelve  Months
Ended December 31, 1996.

        Net Income

        The Company incurred a net loss in 1997 of ($124,000). This represents a
decrease of $278,000 from 1996, when the Company had net income of $153,000. Net
income for The Nortelco Group decreased by approximately 61.8%, from $579,000 to
$221,000,  as a result of increased SG&A due to an increased number of employees
as well as increased advertising costs. These increased costs were undertaken by
management in order to develop some of the Company's  business  areas for future
growth.  Net income for Storebro  Machine AB decreased by  approximately  116.7%
from $209,000 to ($35,000),  as a result of a decreased level of sales,  smaller
gross profit due to a loss on four special lathes and higher  interest costs due
to a higher working capital credit. The

                                       23

<PAGE>
net income (loss) for The Nortelco Group and Storebro  Machine AB were offset by
net losses incurred by the parent company,  Nordic Equity Partners Corp., in the
amount of $311,000 and $635,000 for the years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

        Net Sales

        Net sales  decreased by $1,003,000  for the twelve months ended December
31, 1997, from $26,564,000 to $25,561,000,  or approximately 3.8%, mainly due to
a higher  exchange rate for NOK and SEK into U.S.  dollars.  In fact,  net sales
increased for The Nortelco Group with 7.6% in  Scandinavian  currency,  due to a
higher  sales in  Nortelco  AB and  Nortelco  System-Teknikk  AS as a result  of
starting a sales office in Finland, increased market shares and increased prices
of products sold. In U.S. dollars, net sales for The Nortelco Group decreased by
$377,000  for the  twelve  months  ended  December  1997,  from  $22,042,000  to
$21,665,000,  or approximately 1.7%. Net sales for Storebro Machine AB decreased
by $626,000 for the twelve months ended  December 31, 1997,  from  $4,684,000 to
$4,058,000,   or  approximately  13.4%.  In  Scandinavian  currency,  net  sales
decreased by 1.7% due to the fact that the very important  German market did not
pick up as generally expected.

        Gross Profit

        Gross  profit  decreased  in  1997  by  $548,000,  from  $10,673,000  to
$10,125,000, mainly as a result of a higher exchange rate into US$. Gross profit
for The Nortelco  Group  decreased by  approximately  0.6%,  from  $8,639,000 to
$8,588,000.  In Scandinavian  currency,  gross profit increased by approximately
8.8% as a result of increased net sales, increases in prices of products sold as
well as a change in the mix of products sold  resulting in the sales of products
with a higher  gross  profit  margin.  Gross  profit  for  Storebro  Machine  AB
decreased by $497,000  for the twelve  months  ended  December  31,  1997,  from
$2,034,000 to $1,537,000,  or approximately  24.4% due to a higher exchange rate
SEK/USD,  a loss on four  special  machines  and due to the fact  that the price
competition on the German market  hardened  considerably  generating  less gross
profit than normally expected.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

     SG&A  decreased  in 1997 by $38,000,  from  $9,719,000  to  $9,757,000  and
increased  as a  percentage  of net sales to 38.0% from 37.0%.  In  Scandinavian
currency The Nortelco Group's SG&A increased by approximately  14.7% as a result
of an  increased  number  of  employees  and  higher  marketing  costs.  Also in
Scandinavian  currency,  Storebro  Machine AB's SG&A decreased by  approximately
2.6% as a result of lower expenditures on marketing activities.

Comparison  of the Twelve  Months Ended  December 31, 1996 to the Twelve  Months
Ended December 31, 1995.

        Net Income

     The  Company's  net income for the twelve month  period ended  December 31,
1996 was $153,000,  a decrease of $94,000 from 1995,  when the Company had a net
income of $247,000. Net income for the Nortelco Group increased by approximately
215%,  from  $184.000 to $579,000,  as a result of an increased  level of sales,
lower  depreciation and interest cost as well as a decreased  advertising  cost.
Net income  from  Storebro  Machine AS  decreased  by  approximately  15.4% from
$247,000  to  $209,000,  as a result of lower  gross  profit  margin in % of net
sales,  increased  SG&A due to an  increased  number  of  employees  and  higher
advertising costs. The net income for the Nortelco Group and Storebro Machine AS
were offset by net losses incurred by the parent company, Nordic Equity Partners
Corp.,  in the amount of $635,000 and $184,000 for the years ended  December 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively.


<PAGE>
        Net Sales

        Net Sales  increased by $1,231,000  for the twelve months ended December
31, 1996,  from  $25,333,000 to  $26,564,000,  or  approximately  4.9%, from the
previous  year as a result of normal  growth.  Net sales for the Nortelco  Group
increased by $740,000,  from $21,306,000 to $22,041,000,  or approximately 3.5%,
as a result of normal  growth.  Net sales for  Storebro  Machine AB increased by
$495,000,  from $4,027,000 to $4,523,000,  or approximately 12.3%, mainly due to
an increased level of sales to the German market.

        Gross Profit

     Gross Profit increased in 1996 by $598,000, from $10,075,000 to $10,673,000
due to a higher level of sales. Gross profit for the Nortelco Group increased by
approximately  2.3%, from $8,440,000 to $8,638,000 as a result of normal growth.
Gross profit for Storebro  Machine AB increased  by  approximately  24.4%,  from
$1,635,000 to $2,035,000 as a result of a higher percentage of the net sales was
spare parts with higher gross margin percentage.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, General and Administrative Expenses increased for twelve months
ended December 31, 1996 by $553,000 from $9,280,000 to $9,833,000, and increased
as a percentage  of net sales to 37.0% from 36.7%.  SG&A for the Nortelco  Group
decreased  by  approximately  3.0%,  from  $7,736,000  to  $7,504,000.  SG&A for
Storebro  Machine AB  increased  by  approximately  29.8%,  from  $1,334,000  to
$1,732,000,  due to an  increased  number of  employees  and higher  advertising
costs.

        Effects of Foreign Currency

     The  functional  currency  used by each of the Company's  subsidiaries  are
either  Norwegian  NOK,  Swedish  SEK or Finish  FIM.  The  Company's  sales are
invoiced in  Norwegian  NOK,  Swedish SEK and Finish FIM.  All foreign  invoices
received by the Company are booked at the  exchange  rate as of the date of such
invoices.  Thereafter, upon payment of such invoices by the Company, the gain or
loss resulting from the change in exchange rate between the invoice date and the
payment  date will be credited or debited to the  Company's  financial  costs or
income.  Accordingly,  the Company is subject to foreign currency  fluctuations.
The Company does  maintain a foreign  currency  account with respect to sales to
and purchases from customers and suppliers in Germany.

        Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Historically,  The  Nortelco  Group  has  financed  its  operations  and
acquisitions  through  borrowings from certain  officers and/or directors of the
Company,  loans under its bank credit  agreements and cash flow from operations.
Storebro  Machine AB has financed its operations  from cash flow from operations
and loans under its bank credit agreement.

        The primary uses of The Nortelco  Group's cash are product  acquisitions
from suppliers, and to fund, in part, growth through acquisition of corporations
with compatible  product lines.  The primary uses of Storebro  Machine AB's cash
are to  purchase  materials  and  inventory  used in the  assembly  of its lathe
product line.

                                       25

<PAGE>
Storebro,  no  assurance  that such  restructuring  will be  successful  or that
Storebro will, in the future, be profitable.

     Net cash used by operating  activities for the Company was $310,000 for the
year ended  December  31,  1997,  and $380,000 for the six months ended June 30,
1998. Bank  indebtedness  was $1,874,052 at December 31, 1997, and $1,869,514 at
June 30, 1998

     The  Company's  working  capital was  $1,460,000  at December  31, 1997 and
$1,866,000 at June 30, 1998. The Company's  accounts  receivable were $4,898,697
at December 31, 1997 and  $4,697,255 at June 30, 1998.  The Company's  inventory
was $3,765,291 at December 31, 1997 and $4,805,182 at June 30, 1998.

        In August  1997,  Gjensidige  Bank,  a  Norwegian  Bank  posted one year
letters of credit in favor of Nortelco AS ($221,000) and Nortelco System Teknikk
AS ($124,000).  Under this facility,  Nortelco AS and Nortelco System-Teknikk AS
pay to Gjensidige Bank an annual fee of 1.5% on such amount payable quarterly in
advance.  Such letters of credit are posted as security for the Company's  lease
on its corporate  headquarters  located in Oslo, Norway.  Such letters of credit
are renewable annually at the option of Nortelco AS and Nortelco  System-Teknikk
AS.

        In August 1997,  Gjensidige  Bank posted a letter of credit for Nortelco
System-Teknikk  AS in the  aggregate  principal  amount of $438,000 to guarantee
projects  delivered and  prepayment  received  according to Norwegian  Standard.
Under such facility,  Gjensidige charges an annual fee of 1.5% per annum payable
quarterly in advance. There are no charges for the facility,  only on the amount
of issued  letters of credit at any time. The amount of letters of credit issued
was $18,000 at December 31, 1997, and $95,000 at June 30, 1998.

        The Nortelco Group  collectively  have revolving  working capital credit
facilities  in an aggregate  amount of  approximately  $2,138,000.  Such working
capital  credit  facilities  consist of the  following:  (1)  Nortelco  AS has a
revolving  working  capital  credit  facility  of  approximately  $828,000  with
Gjensidige  Bank,  Nortelco  System-Teknikk  AS has a revolving  working capital
credit facility of approximately $414,000 with Gjensidige Bank,  Brannteknikk AS
has a revolving  working capital credit facility of  approximately  $69,000 with
Soegne  Sparebank,  a Norwegian  Bank,  and Nortelco AB has a revolving  working
capital credit of  approximately  $827,000 with S-E Banken,  a Swedish Bank. The
Nortelco AS and Nortelco  System-Teknikk  AS credit  lines bear  interest at the
rate of 7.25% per annum for the funds used payable  quarterly.  Gjensidige  Bank
also  receives a fee of 0.125% each  quarter for all funds  outstanding  at such
time under each such credit  facility.  Nortelco AB's credit line bears interest
at the rate of 6.6% per annum for the funds used payable  quarterly.  S-E Banken
also receives a fee of 0.5% on the total credit line payable  yearly in advance.
Brannteknikk  AS' credit  line bears  interest at the rate of 7.5% per annum for
the funds used payable  quarterly and a fee of 0.125% each quarter for all funds
outstanding. (2) Storebro Machine AB has a revolving working capital credit line
of approximately  $377,000 with Handelsbanken,  a Swedish bank. Storebro Machine
AB's credit line bears  interest a the rate of 7.1% per annum for the funds used
payable quarterly. Handelsbanken also receives a fee of 1.0% on the total credit
line payably yearly in advance.

        As of June 30, 1998, the following  companies had the following  amounts
outstanding  under  such  facilities:  Nortelco  AS had  approximately  $749,000
outstanding;  Nortelco System Teknikk AS had approximately $264,000 outstanding;
Nortelco AB had approximately $530,000 outstanding;  and Storebro Machine AB had
approximately  $326,000  outstanding.  All the revolving  credit  facilities are
secured by the respective companies' inventory and accounts receivable.

        In May 1997,  Nortelco AS and  Nortelco  System-Teknikk  AS entered into
seven-year  working  capital loans expiring in May 2004 with  Gjensidige Bank in
the  amounts  of  $396,000  and  $264,000,  respectively.  Such  loans each bear
interest at the rate of 7.25% per annum,  payable quarterly,  and have an annual
repayment  schedule  of  $56,560  for  Nortelco  AS  and  $37,707  for  Nortelco
System-Teknikk AS. As of June 30, 1998,

                                       26

<PAGE>
Nortelco  AS  had   $353,897   outstanding   under  such  loans,   and  Nortelco
System-Teknikk AS had $235,893 outstanding under such loans.

     Under the credit facilities between Nortelco AS, Nortelco System-Teknikk AS
and Gjensidige Bank discussed above, Nortelco AS and Nortelco  System-Teknikk AS
have each secured such loans by providing cross security interests in the amount
of  $2,639,500  of  the  inventories  and  accounts   receivable  of  each  such
corporations. As part of the corporate restructuring described under "History of
the  Company-Corporate  Restucturing",  Nortelco  Nordic AS will be  required to
provide security by pledging its shares in Nortelco AB.

     Management  believes that the credit  facilities of The Nortelco  Group and
Storebro  Machine AB, together with internally  generated funds and the proceeds
of this  Offering  will  be  adequate  to meet  the  Company's  working  capital
requirements  for at least the twelve month period  following the  completion of
this Offering.

                                       27

<PAGE>
                             HISTORY OF THE COMPANY

The Company

     The Company was  organized  under the laws of Delaware in May 1994.  In May
1995,  the Company  entered into an agreement  and plan of merger with  Sherman,
Goelz & Associates  ("SGA"),  pursuant to which SGA was merged with and into the
Company,  with the holders of shares of common stock of SGA  receiving one share
of Common Stock of the Company for each share of SGA owned by them. Prior to the
merger,  as  described  below,  SGA  had  acquired  (i)  80% of the  issued  and
outstanding shares of Common stock of Nortelco AS, and (ii) all of the shares of
Common  Stock of  Storebro  Machine  AB.  Subsequent  to the merger with SGA, in
November  1995,  the  Company  acquired  the  remaining  20% of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  of  Nortelco  AS  from  Nordic  Business
Development AS ("NBD") for 216,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company,  which
shares were provided to NBD from the principal shareholders of the Company.

Nortelco AS

     In November  1994, the Company  acquired 80% of the issued and  outstanding
common  stock of  Nortelco  AS from  Universal  Commodity  Trading  Group,  Inc.
("Universal")  for an aggregate  consideration  of  $2,285,000.  The  $2,285,000
purchase price paid by SGA to Universal was paid in a combination of $785,000 of
cash and 856 shares of Common Stock of SGA.

     In November 1995, the Company  acquired the remaining 20% of the issued and
outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  of  Nortelco  AS  from  Nordic  Business
Development AS ("NBD") for 216,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company,  which
shares were provided to NBD from the principal shareholders of the Company.

Storebro Machine AB

     In November  1994, the Company  acquired all of the issued and  outstanding
shares of common stock of Storebro Machine AB from Ovington  Investments Limited
("Ovington") for an aggregate  consideration of $1,600,000,  which consideration
was paid in a combination  of $215,000 of cash and 722 shares of Common Stock of
SGA.



                                       28

<PAGE>
Corporate Restructuring

        In April 1998, the Company incorporated  Nortelco Nordic AS, a Norwegian
corporation,  for the purpose of becoming the parent holding  company for all of
the  company's   subsidiaries   which  are  involved  in  the   importation  and
distribution of electrical,  electronic and audio visual products.  Prior to the
completion  of this  Offering,  the  Company  intends to  complete  a  corporate
restructuring  which will result in the Company  having the following  corporate
structure:

[graphic ommitted]

                                       29

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

     Nordic Equity Partners Corp.  imports and  distributes  products for use in
the electronic,  electrical and audio visual industries,  and designs,  installs
and sells  complete,  customized  conference  rooms and auditoriums and provides
after sale service and  maintenance  support to its customers.  The Company also
designs,  assembles and distributes lathes,  sells lathe spare parts to existing
lathe  owners and  services,  and repairs and  overhauls  lathes  owned by third
parties. All of the Company's business and sales are conducted in the geographic
area of Scandinavia.

Electrical, Electronic and Audio Visual Products

     The Company  imports and  distributes  products for use in the  electronic,
electrical and audio visual industries.  The Company also designs,  installs and
sells complete,  customized  conference rooms and auditoriums and provides after
sale service and maintenance support to its customers.

        Importation and Distribution of Products

     The Company does not manufacture any of the electrical, electronic or audio
visual  products  that it  distributes.  The  Company  imports  more than 13,000
products for distribution to over 1,000 customers  throughout  Scandinavia.  The
Company purchases its products from over fifty (50)  non-affiliated  third party
manufacturers  worldwide  including  Germany  and the  United  States.  Sales of
products  manufactured by TTC, Inc.  constituted 6.6% of the Company's  revenues
for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 and 12.3% of the Company's revenues
for the year ended December 31, 1997. Sales of products manufactured by Lycab AB
constituted  5.7% of the Company's  revenues for the six month period ended June
30, 1998 and 7.1% of the  Company's  revenues  for the year ended  December  31,
1997.  No  other  manufacturer's  products  accounted  for  more  than 5% of the
Company's sales in 1997.

     The  Company's  product  strategy  is to  have  its  product  line  consist
substantially of products which are supplemental,  or add-on,  products to other
high volume  electrical  products.  Such products are generally  highly specific
products  which  are  marketed  and sold to a very  narrow  part of the  market.
Accordingly,  the Company  believes  that its product  line  consists of "niche"
products.  The  products  sold by the  Company  range  in  price  from  $1.00 to
$100,000.

     Substantially all of the Company's  products are sold by its internal sales
force which consists of approximately fifty (50) full time salespersons based in
Scandinavia.  The Company believes that because its salespersons are experienced
and have technical  backgrounds,  it is able to service the continuing  needs of
its customers and attract additional customers.

     The  Company's  gross profit from the sale of  electrical,  electronic  and
audio visual products results primarily from the difference between the price it
purchases its products from  non-affiliated  third party  manufacturers  and the
price at which it sells such products to its customers.

     The Company  believes  that  because of the high cost of  establishing  and
maintaining operations in Scandinavia,  many foreign product manufacturers avoid
doing so. As a result,  many of such companies  enter into  agreements  with the
Company for the Company to act as their  distributor  or agent in some or all of
such countries.  Because the Company already has established  operations in such
countries,  the Company believes it can distribute products more efficiently and
inexpensively.

     Revenues for the Company from the sale of electrical,  electronic and audio
visual products were approximately $11,041,000 for the six months ended June 30,
1998,  $21,665,000  for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $22,042,000 for the
year ended  December  31,  1996.  Net income  for the  Company  from the sale of
electrical, electronic

                                       30

<PAGE>
and audio visual  products was  approximately  $479,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 1998,  $220,700  for the year ended  December 31, 1997 and $578,500 for
the year ended December 31, 1996.

Design, Assembly and Distribution of Lathes

        The Company designs,  assembles and distributes lathes. The Company also
sells  lathe  spare parts to existing  lathe  owners and  services,  repairs and
overhauls lathes owned by third parties.

        The Company sells over seven different types of its lathes which include
both   computer   numerically   controlled   ("CNC")   lathes  and   traditional
manually-operated  lathes. The Company also manufactures and sells a lathe which
can function as either a manually operated or CNC lathe. The Company distributes
its lathes  mainly to customers in Germany and Sweden,  both through its own and
independent sales representatives. The prices of its products range from $18,000
to $360,000.

        Revenues  for the  Company  from the sale of lathes  were  approximately
$1,756,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998, $3,897,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and  $4,522,000  for the year ended  December  31,  1996.  Net
income  (loss)  for the  Company  from  the  sale of  lathes  was  approximately
($46,300)  for the six months ended June 30, 1998,  ($35,000) for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and $209,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.

PRODUCTS

Electrical, Electronic and Audio Visual Products

     The  Company  imports  and  sells  approximately  13,000  select  technical
products  to its  customers  throughout  Scandinavia.  Products  included in the
Company's  product line are generally the same products that such  manufacturers
market and sell in other countries.  In determining which products to include in
its product line, the Company examines factors such as demand for the product in
other countries,  as well as competition and customer demand within Scandinavia.
The price range that the Company sells its products ranges from $1 to $100,000.

        Electronics Products

     The Company purchases and resells approximately 5,000 different products in
the   electronics   industry   including   components,   telecommunication   and
datacommunication equipment and studio and communication equipment.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>     <C>
     
    o     Components. The electronic components sold by the Company consist
          of power conditioning components that protect, stabilize and monitor a
          proper  and  continuous  flow of power to  electronic  and  electrical
          appliances  and  equipment,  such as computers.  These  components are
          designed to protect such equipment from  disturbances  and memory loss
          that can result from blackouts,  voltage  fluctuations and transients.
          They include  electronic  voltage regulators that protect computers by
          compensating for rapid and slow variations in voltage, electronic line
          conditioners to protect computers and electronics systems from voltage
          variations,  line noises and voltage spikes; power supply systems that
          guarantee  power  to  computers  without  significant   interruptions;
          powerline diagnostic analyzers that detect powerline disturbances such
          as voltage fluctuations,  voltage spikes or blackouts; and high energy
          transient protection components such as zener diode regulators, bridge
          rectifiers,  gas  discharge  tubes and filters.  These  products  also
          include        semiconductors,        precision        potentiometers,
          resistors/capacitators,  ferrites and interconnecting  components that
          hook up public  telephone  networks,  data  networks and optical fiber
          networks.

  o       Telecommunication  Products.  Telecommunication  products sold by
          the Company generally are innovative test and measurement  instruments
          used in the

                                       31

<PAGE>
        development,    installation    and    maintenance   of    sophisticated
        telecommunications  networks. Products included in this category include
        a wide array of portable  instruments  and  permanently  located  system
        testers, multi-function communicators,  analyzers that typically test at
        the physical and logical  levels of network  organization  which measure
        performance  and error on a wide  range of  network  transmission  media
        equipment,  modular,  portable fiber optic test instruments  which allow
        both central  office and field  technicians to isolate fiber optic cable
        breaks and measure  degradation  caused by aging  connectors and related
        components.

   o      Datacommunication   Products.   Datacommunications   products  sold by
          the Company provide users of information  networks with the management
          tools to ensure reliable network  operations and products to condition
          the data operations for  transmission  via private or public networks.
          These products are designed  primarily to manage data transmission and
          communication  networks in a computer environment.  Among the products
          included in this  product  category  and sold by the  Company  include
          patches    used    for    monitoring,    testing    and    rearranging
          datacommunications  lines and  equipment and high  performance  packet
          switching  equipment which breaks up data into "packets" for efficient
          transmission over private and public data networks, which generally is
          a cost  effective  means  for  companies  to  transmit  data over long
          distances.

   o    Studio and  Communication  Products.  Included in this product line is a
        wide array of speakers, amplifiers,  microphones, microphone systems and
        headphones with related accessories and components,  and a wide array of
        multifamily  (apartments)  and business  (office)  video entry  security
        systems,  residential  audio and audio/video  intercoms,  conference and
        simultaneous interpretation systems.
</TABLE>

        Electrical Products

        The Company imports and distributes approximately 7,000 products for use
in the electrical  field. The price range that the Company sells products to its
customers in this division is from $1 to $1,000.

        The  Electrical  products sold by the Company  include  spark  protected
metering equipment and heavy-duty  lighting  equipment,  passive and active fire
protection   equipment,   as  well  as  tools  and  materials   for   electrical
installations.

   o    Explosion Prevention  Equipment.  These products include a wide array of
        "explosion  prevention"  equipment  designed  to  be  used  in  offshore
        drilling or other hazardous areas, such as protected  self-housed,  high
        performance switches, transformers,  terminals, terminal blocks, cables,
        junction and  distribution  boxes and a wide variety of protected,  high
        quality line bushings and cable entries.

   o    Lighting.  The Company sells approximately 200 lighting products.  These
        products are generally  used in highly  hazardous  areas such as utility
        plants and offshore  drilling rigs,  including a wide variety of special
        purpose  lighting  systems  for,  among other uses,  ships and  offshore
        drilling  platforms  including   floodlights,   hazardous  arc  lighting
        equipment, lanterns and searchlights,  and products used in the shipping
        industry,  such as  search  lights  used by  shipyards,  and  electrical
        installers.

   o    Fire  Protection  Equipment.  The  products in this area consist of fire
        protection,  pressure-tight  systems and  components for both cables and
        pipes.  This  equipment is used to prevent the spread of fire and gas in
        hazardous  areas  such as on ships  and oil rigs and  other  potentially
        hazardous  areas.  The  equipment is also used to seal off  construction
        into  watertight  and  fireproof  sections so that if a fire or gas leak
        occurs,  the spread of fire or gas  between  sections of cables or pipes
        would be prevented.


                                       32

<PAGE>
   o    Installation Materials.  These products include heat-shrinkable products
        that protect energy and signal conductors,  connectors and cable systems
        from corrosion,  chemicals and environmental hazards,  miniature circuit
        breakers,  switch gear, time switches,  accessories for cabinets,  and a
        wide variety of  electrical  insulation  tapes for high and low voltage,
        infrared heating systems and anaconda circuits.

        Audio Visual Products

        The Company  sells  approximately  1,000  products  in the audio  visual
industry.  The  Company's  audio visual  products  include  audio  equipment (AV
cassette   recorders,   microphones,   sound  systems  and  cassettes)  overhead
projectors and  accessories and related  equipment (such as projection  screens,
portable and fixed video  projectors and data interface  equipment),  conference
room and auditorium  furniture and related equipment and light-dimming  systems.
The price range for such  products  generally  range from $100 to  $80,000.  The
Company   also   provides    consulting    services   with   clients   regarding
previously-built conference rooms and auditoriums.

   o    Products. These products include audio equipment (AV cassette recorders,
        microphones, sound systems and cassettes) overhead projectors and 
        accessories and related equipment (such as projection screens, portable 
        and fixed video projectors and data interface equipment), conference 
        room and auditorium furniture and related equipment and light-dimming 
        systems. The products also include a wide variety of additional related 
        and compatible services and "add-ons" such as designing, equipping and 
        installing "turn-key", fully equipped conference rooms and auditoriums.

   o    Services.  The Company provides consulting services to clients regarding
        previously-built conference rooms and auditoriums.

        In  addition to the  foregoing,  the Company  leases  equipment  such as
overhead slide or film projectors,  offers its customers service and maintenance
programs for systems either designed or installed by the Company or others,  and
provides installation assistance for equipment purchased.

Lathes

        The lathes which the Company  designs,  assembles,  and  distributes are
principally  used as metal cutting machine tools.  The lathes may,  however,  be
specially  designed  to work with  plastic  or other  materials.  Metal  cutting
machine tools utilize a process in which a part or finished product is generated
or shaped by rotating the workpiece.  Lathing is a machining  process  whereby a
surface is shaped  with a tool  contained  in the lathe  which is applied to the
rotating workpiece which is fitted in the lathe.

     Typically,  early metal working  machines,  including  lathes,  were either
manually operated or specifically engineered for production applications. In the
early 1950's,  numerical controls were introduced which automated the operations
of  a  machine  tool  and   increased  its   efficiency.   In  the  mid  1970's,
microprocessors were integrated with numerical controls, which allowed personnel
on the shop floor to program  and  perform  sophisticated  metal  working  tasks
without central office support.  Machine tools with computer  numerical controls
are referred to as "CNC"  machines.  All other  machine tools are referred to as
"conventional" machines.

     The  Company's  lathe  product  line  includes  both manual  lathes and CNC
lathes.  In the year ended  December  31, 1997,  the Company sold 21 lathes,  of
which 4 were manual lathes and 17 were CNC lathes.  The Company also sells lathe
parts to existing lathe owners and also services, repairs and overhauls existing
lathes.

     Manual  Lathes.  The Company's  manual lathes are used in small  workshops,
vocational schools and tool rooms of large manufacturing  companies. The Company
sells two lines of its manual lathes, the GK-195 and the SB-N.


                                       33

<PAGE>
   o    The GK-195 manual  lathe.  This product is used for smaller jobs such as
        in repair  shops and  vocational  schools.  Generally,  these lathes are
        designed to be used for small  single jobs and single  small pieces such
        as making spare parts for,  among other things,  automobiles  and boats.
        The GK-195 lathe may also be designed by the Company in varying  lengths
        and with various options,  depending upon the needs and  specifications,
        if any, of a particular customer.

   o    The SB-N lathe.  This product is used for  substantially  larger,  heavy
        production  jobs such as the  manufacture  of heavy metal  cylinders and
        axles.  The SB-N model,  depending on customer needs and  specifications
        can be  designed  in a variety of lengths and with a variety of options.
        Depending on the number of  "add-ons,"  if any, a particular  client may
        request to be built into a  particular  lathe,  the price  range for the
        GK-195  lathes  ranges  from   approximately   $18,000  to  $28,000  and
        approximately $60,000 to $160,000 for the SB-N lathe.

        CNC Lathes.  The Company's  CNC lathe  machine  product line consists of
five basic models:  the STM 2000,  the STM 2500,  the STM 4000, the STM 6000 and
the STM Alert 500. The main  difference in the models is the size of the "chuck"
within the lathe and the general size of the lathe. The "chuck" is the component
of the lathe which holds the workpiece. Within the four basic CNC lathes sold by
the Company, an unlimited variety of any of each such lathes can be designed and
assembled by the Company,  depending upon a particular customer's specifications
and  requirements.  All of the  Company's  CNC lathes  incorporate  CNC  control
systems produced by Siemens AG. The Company does not have any written agreements
with Siemens AG.

        The  Company  believes  that all of its CNC  lathes  are  equipped  with
state-of-the-art  interactive  programming  capabilities with operator guidance,
blueprint  programming  and  graphics.  All  controls  are  located in a sliding
console which the Company believes allows the operator easy access. The software
can be manually  input into the machine or fed into  memory.  Because data entry
and display for such lathes are simplified, each of the Company's CNC lathes are
shop-floor programmable.

        Depending on the number of "add-ons", a particular client may request to
be built  into a  particular  CNC lathe,  the price  ranges of the lathes are as
follows:  the STM 2000 ranges from approximately  $110,000 to $150,000;  the STM
2500 ranges from  approximately  $130,000 to $180,000;  the STM 4000 ranges from
approximately  $160,000 to $270,000;  and the STM 6000 ranges from approximately
$175,000 to $360,000.

        Alert Lathe. In 1996, the Company introduced the ALERT lathe, which is a
combination of a conventional  and a CNC lathe.  The Company  believes that this
lathe can either be used as a conventional lathe with a control system recording
the various manual  operations made by the operator making a first part in order
to  automatically  turn the next  workpiece in  accordance  with the  originally
turned piece (teach-in),  or in the alternative,  it can be programmed in a very
easy and user-friendly  way as an ordinary CNC machine.  Depending on the number
of  "add-ons",  a particular  client may request,  the price ranges of the ALERT
lathe ranges from approximately $70,000 to $210,000;

        The Company also  generates  revenues  from  providing  maintenance  and
support services to lathe owners and from the sale of spare parts for lathes.

SOURCES OF MANUFACTURING

Electronic, Electrical and Audio Visual Products

        The Company does not manufacture  any of the electronic,  electrical and
audio visual  products its  distributes.  The  electronic,  electrical and audio
visual products the Company distributes are purchased from various manufacturers
as finished products and are stored at the Company's corporate  headquarters and
subsequently  sold by the Company to its customers.  The Company has not entered
into any written,  material contracts with any of its product  manufacturers for
the manufacture of products for the Company.

                                       34

<PAGE>
     The Company's electronic, electrical and audio visual products are imported
from non-affiliated,  third-party  manufacturers  throughout the world including
Germany  (approximately  15%), the United States  (approximately  22%),  England
(approximately  7%),  and  certain  countries  in  the  Far  East,   aggregating
approximately 10%. No other country accounted for more than 5%.

     Sales  of  products  manufactured  by  TTC,  Inc.  constituted  6.6% of the
Company's revenues for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 and 12.3% of the
Company's  revenues  for the year ended  December  31,  1997.  Sales of products
manufactured by Lycab AB constituted 5.7% of the Company's  revenues for the six
month period ended June 30, 1998 and 7.1% of the Company's revenues for the year
ended  December 31, 1997. No other  manufacturer's  products  accounted for more
than 5% of the Company's sales in 1997.

     Electronic,  electrical and audio visual products  purchased by the Company
are paid for by either letter of credit or wire transfer. Payment is made by the
Company  only upon the  proper  fulfillment  of terms  established  between  the
Company and the  manufacturer.  Most product  purchases are made and paid for in
local operating currencies.

Lathes

        The Company manufactures and assembles all of its lathes on a customized
basis. Based upon discussions with a particular customer, the Company's in-house
engineers  produce  drawings of the type of lathe desired by the customers.  For
example, where customers request specialized add-on features,  such as automated
loading and unloading,  the Company contracts with a local  unaffiliated  design
consulting  firm,  which  produces  drawings of the  specialized  features.  The
drawings  are  than  finalized  by the  Company's  engineers.  Based  upon  such
drawings,  the Company has molds of the particular  lathe parts  manufactured by
various  unaffiliated local  subcontractors.  The steel molds are than sent to a
local  unaffiliated  foundry,  which  produces  iron castings to be used for the
major body and various other parts of the lathe. The iron castings are sent back
to the Company and the lathe body and the  mechanical  features  are machined to
correct  specifications  and assembled into a customized  lathe in the Company's
workshop.

        All of the  components  used in  assembling  the  Company's  lathes  are
purchased from independent  third parties.  Many of such components are standard
components  and can be ordered  and  delivered  to the Company in one to sixteen
weeks. The Company keeps an internal supply of the standard components.

MARKETING, SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

Electronic, Electrical and Audio Visual Products

     The Company  distributes  electronic,  electrical and audio visual products
throughout  Scandinavia  through  its own  sales  representatives.  The  Company
currently has fifty (50) in-house full-time sales  representatives.  The Company
believes  that each such sales  representative  is a highly  trained,  technical
person  able to explain  and install  the  products  and assist the  customer in
problem solving and after-sale maintenance. Purchasers of the Company's products
include  retailers,  end users  and  wholesalers.  Other  than  purchase  orders
completed by customers,  the Company does not have written  agreements  with its
customers  but sells  products to customers on open  accounts with payment terms
typically varying from thirty (30) to ninety (90) days.

     The Company also markets  electronic,  electrical and audio visual products
at international and regional trade shows in Norway and Sweden. In addition, the
Company  maintains  showrooms  in its Oslo  and  Stockholm  facilities  where it
exhibits its products to customers.

     The Company directly,  or through independent  salespersons,  takes written
orders for its products. If the Company has the particular item in inventory, it
generally  ships it or makes it available for pick-up by the customer within one
day. If the  particular  product is not in  inventory,  the Company  orders such
product from the  manufacturer.  Delivery of such  products to its customers can
take,  depending  on how quickly the Company is able to obtain the product  from
the

                                       35

<PAGE>
manufacturer,  up to six months. Cancellations are generally made in writing and
the  Company  takes  appropriate  steps  to  notify  its  manufacturers  of such
cancellations.

        The Company generally does not accept returns,  although consistent with
industry  practices,  it  makes  exceptions  to this  policy  on a  case-by-case
negotiated basis.  Generally,  the Company provides a one to three year warranty
on its  products  pursuant to which it  replaces  defective  products.  To date,
replacement of products under warranty by the Company have not been material.

        The  Company  considers  backlog  for the  Nortelco  Group to be written
customer  orders  received  but not yet  shipped by the  Company.  The  Nortelco
Group's backlog at June 30, 1998 was approximately $2,950,000. Backlog generally
represents  orders  that will be shipped  within six  months.  Because  customer
orders may be canceled at any time without  penalty,  the Company  believes that
backlog may not accurately indicate sales for any future period.

     The Company has a computer system and custom-made software which enables it
to have a fully integrated  state-of-the-art  distribution  system.  The Company
believes that this system saves a substantial amount of time and manpower in the
Company's  distribution  process,  and also  allows  the  Company  to order  and
distribute its products in a timely and efficient manner. The Company's computer
distribution  system  encompasses  its entire  logistics  network from  purchase
orders to the actual receipt of inventory in its warehouse and from sales orders
to customer  invoice and collection.  This system enables the Company to track a
product  order from  initiation  through  the  ultimate  cash  receipt  from the
customer.  The system also has a built-in management  information system,  which
enables the Company to analyze its total  profitability as well as profitability
by a particular product or customer.

Lathes

     The Company  sells its lathes  primarily  in Sweden and  Germany.  Sales of
lathes to Swedish  customers  accounted for  approximately 60% and 75% of all of
its lathes sold in the year ended  December  31,  1997 and the six months  ended
June 30, 1998,  respectively.  In addition,  sales of lathes to German customers
accounted  for  approximately  27% and 10% of all of its lathes sold in the year
ended  December 31, 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998. In Sweden,  the
Company sells lathes through its two full-time,  in house sales representatives.
In Germany, the Company sells lathes through  MWD-Vertriebs GmbH, an independent
sales  representative.  MWD sells lathes in the German market on a non-exclusive
basis.  The  Company has also  distributed  its lathes to  customers  in Norway,
Denmark and Switzerland  through  independent sales  representatives  located in
these countries.  Such representatives purchase the lathes and then sell them to
their customers.

     Generally,  all sales of lathes  require  customers  to pay an initial down
payment of approximately 30% of the purchase price, and the balance on delivery.
Delivery  of a lathe  from the date of order  generally  is  approximately  four
months.

     The Company  advertises  through trade shows and trade  magazines in Sweden
and uses its corporate  headquarters to exhibit lathes to customers.  Outside of
Sweden, all advertising and promotion is done by the Company's independent sales
representatives at their own costs.

     For all lathes sold, the Company provides a twelve (12) month full warranty
and provides  on-site  services to customers  including  delivery of replacement
parts during the warranty period.

     The Company  considers  backlog to be written  customer orders received but
not yet shipped. At June 30, 1998, the Company's backlog was $1,030,000. Backlog
generally  represents  orders that will be shipped  and  invoiced  within  eight
months.  Because the Company has not experienced any  cancellations  of customer
orders, the Company believes that backlog accurately  indicates sales for future
periods.


                                       36

<PAGE>
        As stated above,  the Company has not experienced any  cancellations  of
customer  orders.  However,  in the event that a cancellation  of an order for a
lathe occurs,  the Company will retain the customer's  30% down payment.  In the
case of cancellation of an order for spare parts, the customer will be charged a
20% cancellation  charge on items which the Company has in its inventory,  and a
40% cancellation  charge on externally  purchased spare parts. In all cases, the
Company will be responsible  for its  commitments  to third party  manufacturers
from whom it may order parts.

PRODUCT LIABILITY

        Nortelco AS has approximately  $500,000 in product  liability  insurance
with respect to the sale of electronic,  electrical and audio visual  equipment.
The Company has  approximately  $2,000,000 of product  liability  insurance with
respect to the sale of lathes.  To date, the Company has not been a party to any
material product  liability claims asserted against it, and the Company believes
its product liability insurance policies are sufficient.

COMPETITION

        The  Company  competes in markets  that are  extremely  competitive  and
sensitive to changing  consumer  preferences and demands.  The Company  competes
against many  companies  that are better  known,  substantially  larger and more
diversified,  and have substantially  greater financial,  employee and marketing
resources than the Company,  as well as greater name recognition and the ability
to develop and market  products  similar to and more  competitively  priced than
those distributed by such corporations.  The Company's  competitors with respect
to the sale of electrical,  electronic and audio visual products  include Hauke,
Ltd.  (England),  Group  Schneider,  Ltd.  (France),  Wandel  &  Golterman  GmbH
(Germany),  Asea Brown  Bowery AS  (Norway)  and Audio  Grafiska  (Norway).  The
Company's  competitors  with  respect to the sale of lathes  include  Emco Maier
Gesellschaft m.b.H. (Austria), Gildemeister N.E.F.-Drehmaschinen GmbH (Germany),
A. Monforts GmbH & Co. Maschinenfabrik (Germany),  Traub AG (Germany),  Yamazaki
Mazak  Corporation  (Japan),  Okuma Machinery Works Ltd.  (Japan) and Mori Seiki
Co., Ltd.  (Japan).  No assurances can be given that the Company will be able to
compete in its markets.

EMPLOYEES

        At June 30, 1998, the Company employed an aggregate of approximately 103
persons. Of such 103 persons, 82 persons were employed by The Nortelco Group and
21 persons  were  employed  by  Storebro  Machine AB, all of which are full time
employees.

FACILITIES

Electronic, Electrical and Audio Visual Products

        The Company  leases  approximately  30,000 square feet in Oslo,  Norway,
pursuant to a lease expiring  December 31, 2003, at a rate of $490,000 per year,
subject to an escalation  clause based upon the Norwegian  Consumer Price Index.
The premises are used as Nortelco AS's executive  offices,  warehouse,  showroom
and business office. The Company also leases  approximately 12,000 square meters
in Solna,  Sweden,  which is used as the main sales  office,  executive  office,
warehouse and workshop for Nortelco AB pursuant to a lease expiring December 31,
1999 at a rent of approximately  $90,000 per year. The Company also leases space
in Gothenburg,  Sweden, pursuant to a five-year lease expiring June 30, 2001, at
an annual rent of $9,600.

Electronic, Electrical and Audio Visual Products

        Pursuant  to a  year-to-year  lease,  the Company  leases  approximately
22,000 square feet in Storebro, Sweden. Of such 22,000 square feet, 6,000 square
feet is used as  Storebro  Machine  AB's  executive  and  main  offices  and the
remaining  16,000  square feet is the workshop for  assembling,  re-tooling  and
repairing lathes.  The lease is renewable on six (6) months notice and the lease
payment is approximately $55,000 per annum,

                                       37

<PAGE>
subject to an annual  escalation  clause based upon the Swedish  Consumer  Price
Index.  The Company also leases  approximately  an additional 8,000 square feet,
also in  Storebro,  Sweden,  which  space is used to  warehouse  spare parts for
lathes that the Company sells.  The lease is renewable on nine (9) months notice
and the annual rent payments are approximately $7,500.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        The Company is not party to any material legal proceedings.


                                       38

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                               Age           Position

<S>                                 <C>          <C>
Bjorn Nysted                        60           President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Goran Haggqvist                     55           Chairman of the Board
Tore Strand                         42           Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Espen Komnaes                       46           Director
</TABLE>

         Set forth below is a brief  background  of the  executive  officers and
directors of the Company, based on information supplied by them.

     GORAN HAGGQVIST has been the Chairman of the Board of the Company since May
1994.  From May 1994 to  September  1996,  Mr.  Haggqvist  was  President of the
Company. Since April 1993 and April 1994, Mr. Haggqvist has been the Chairman of
the Board of Directors of Storebro Machine AB and Nortelco,  respectively. Since
1992, Mr.  Haggqvist also has been the President and controlling  shareholder of
Haggqvinvest  AB a privately  held  international  corporate  finance  firm that
invests in and  provides  advisory  services in  connection  with  domestic  and
international corporate transactions. From 1985 to 1992, he was the President of
Societe Generale  (Sweden),  the Swedish  subsidiary of Societe Generale France.
Prior to such time,  he held a number of  executive  positions  with two Swedish
banks including  Executive Vice President of Gotabanken and President of Svenska
Handelsbanken  S.A.,  Luxembourg.  Mr.  Haggqvist  also was the Assistant to the
Swedish Trade  Commissioner in Zurich.  Mr. Haggqvist received a master's degree
in political science from the University of Gothenburg in 1970.

     BJORN NYSTED has been the  President of the Company since  September  1996,
and he has been a  Director  of the  Company  since May  1994.  From May 1994 to
September 1996, Mr. Nysted was the Treasurer of the Company. Mr. Nysted has been
the President,  and a Director of Nortelco since 1990 when he founded  Nortelco.
Mr.  Nysted is also the Chairman of the Board of  Directors  of Nordic  Business
Development  AS, a  privately  held  corporation  controlled  by Mr.  Nysted and
certain of his family members.

     TORE STRAND has been the Chief Financial  Officer,  Treasurer and Secretary
of the Company since March 1997, and he has been the Chief Financial  officer of
Nortelco  since  February  1990.  From 1989 to February 1990, Mr. Strand was the
Chief  Financial  Officer  of  M-Gruppen  AS,  a  Norwegian  group  which  sells
kitchen-products for the professional market. From 1983, to 1989, Mr. Strand was
the Section Manager, Finance in Lefac AS, a Norwegian Lease and Finance company.
Mr.  Strand  received a Master of Business  degree from the  University of Lund,
Sweden in 1983.

     ESPEN  KOMNAES  has been a Director of the Company  since  September  1996.
Since November,  1997, Mr. Komnaes has been a partner at Komnaes & Huser ANS, an
Oslo,  Norway  based law firm.  From 1985 to November  1997,  Mr.  Komnaes was a
partner at Meltvedt,  Komnaes & Co., an Oslo, Norway based law firm. Mr. Komnaes
received a degree in jurisprudence from the University of Bergen in 1979.

     Directors are elected  annually by the  stockholders  and hold office until
the next annual  meeting and until their  respective  successors are elected and
qualified.  Executive  officers are elected by the Board of  Directors  and hold
office until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

     The Company has agreed that for a period of three years, the Representative
will have the right to  designate  a person to be a  non-voting  advisor  to the
Company's  Board of  Directors  who will  receive  the  same  compensation  as a
nonofficer  member of the Board of Directors and who will be  indemnified by the
Company against any claims arising out of his  participation  at meetings of the
Board of Directors. Such person will serve only in an advisory position in order
to protect the investors in the Offering. In lieu of

                                       39

<PAGE>
the  Representative's  right to designate an advisor to the Board of  Directors,
the  Representative  shall have the right during such three year period,  in its
sole  discretion,  to  designate  one person for  election  as a director of the
Company and the Company will use its best efforts to obtain the election of such
person  who  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  the  same  compensation,  expense
reimbursements  and other benefits as any other  director.  The identity of such
person has not been  determined  as of the date  hereof,  and it is not expected
that such right will be exercised in the immediate future.  The Company believes
that the non-voting  advisor will not have any liabilities  while acting in such
capacity,  and it intends to obtain  directors  and officers  insurance for such
person in the event that such person is elected to the board of directors.

Executive Compensation

         The following table sets forth, in U.S. dollars,  the cash compensation
paid by the Company or its subsidiaries for services  rendered during the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 to its chief executive officer.  No
other executive officer's compensation exceeded $100,000.

                           Summary Compensation Table

                                    Long-Term
                        Annual Compensation Compensation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       Other Annual
Name and Principal Position                Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)         Compensation ($)        Options (#)
- ---------------------------               -----     ----------     ---------         ----------------        -----------

Bjorn Nysted, President and
<S>                                        <C>      <C>             <C>                     <C>                  <C>  
Chief Executive Officer................    1997     100,000         15,000                  --                   --
                                           1996      82,000         10,000                  --                   --
                                           1995      77,000         10,000                  --                   --
</TABLE>


Employment Agreements

     The Company's subsidiary,  Nortelco Nordic AS, intends to enter into a five
year  employment  agreement  with Bjorn Nysted,  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company,  as of the Effective Date of this Offering,  pursuant to
which Mr.  Nysted shall  receive an annual base salary of $160,000.  Mr.  Nysted
shall agree to devote all of his  business  time to the affairs of the  Nortelco
Group. In addition,  Nortelco Nordic AS shall also agree to pay to Mr. Nysted an
$15,000 annual automobile allowance.  The Company has the right to terminate the
employment  agreement on twelve  months  notice,  and Mr.  Nysted shall have the
right to teminate the employment agreement on six months notice. Such employment
contract  shall  provide that in the event that Mr.  Nysted is terminated by the
Company,  he shall be entitled to receive all compensation  under his employment
agreement.

     The Company's subsidiary,  Nortelco Nordic AS, intends to enter into a five
year employment agreement with Tore Strand,  Chief Financial Officer,  Treasurer
and  Secretary  of the  Company,  as of the  Effective  Date of  this  Offering,
pursuant to which Mr. Strand shall receive an annual base salary of $82,000. Mr.
Strand  shall  agree to devote all of his  business  time to the  affairs of the
Company. In addition,  Nortelco Nordic AS shall also agree to provide Mr. Strand
with the use of an automobile. The Company shall have the right to terminate the
employment agreement on twelve months notice. Mr. Strand shall have the right to
terminate the employment agreement on six months notice.


                                       40

<PAGE>
     Messrs.  Nysted and Strand  shall  agree not to disclose  any  confidential
information  of the Company  during the term of  employment  or  thereafter.  In
addition,  Messrs. Nysted and Strand shall agree not to compete with the Company
during the term of their  employment and for a period of one year after the date
of the termination of their employment with the Company.

         Although  each of the  companies  in the  Nortelco  Group and  Storebro
Machine  AB have  entered  into  employment  agreements  with a number  of their
respective  employees,  the Company has not  entered  into any other  employment
agreements.

Consulting Agreement

     The  Company's  subsidiary,  Nortelco  Nordic AS,  entered  into a two year
consulting  agreement  with  Goran  Haggqvist,  Chairnman  of the  Board  of the
Company,  as of November 11, 1998, pursuant to which Mr. Haggqvist shall receive
an annual  compensation of $48,000.  Pursuant to the consulting  agreement,  Mr.
Haggqvist shall agree to assist the Company with corporate  planning,  financial
public relations, business strategies and shareholder relations.

1998 Stock Option Plan

         The  Company's  1998 Stock  Option Plan (the "Stock  Option  Plan") was
adopted by the Board of  Directors  and the  stockholders  of the  Company as of
November 11, 1998.

         The Stock Option Plan  provides for the granting of options to purchase
up to 250,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock that are intended to qualify
either as incentive stock options ("Incentive Stock Options") within the meaning
of Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code or as options that are
not  intended to meet the  requirements  of such  section  ("Nonstatutory  Stock
Options"). Options to purchase shares may be granted under the Stock Option Plan
to persons who, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, are employees (including
officers) of the Company,  or, in the case of  Nonstatutory  Stock Options,  are
employees  (including  officers)  or  non-employee  directors  of the Company or
consultants to the Company.

         The Stock Option Plan  provides for its  administration  by a committee
chosen by the Board of Directors  comprised of directors  who are  disinterested
persons (as  defined in Rule  16(b)(3)  under  Section  16(b) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934).  Once the  committee is chosen by the Board of Directors,
the Stock Option Committee shall have full discretionary  authority,  subject to
certain  restrictions,  to  determine  the number of shares for which  Incentive
Stock Options and Nonstatutory  Stock Options may be granted and the individuals
to whom,  the times at which,  and the exercise  price for which options will be
granted.

         The exercise  price of all Incentive  Stock  Options  granted under the
Stock Option Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of such shares
on the date of the grant,  or, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to
the holder of 10% or more of the Company's  Common  Stock,  at least 110% of the
fair market value of such shares on the date of the grant.  The maximum exercise
period for which  Incentive  Stock  Options may be granted is ten years from the
date of grant (five years in the case of an  individual  owning more than 10% of
the Company's Common Stock).  The aggregate fair market value (determined at the
date the option is  granted)  of shares with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock
Options are  exercisable  for the first time by the holder of the option  during
any calendar year shall not exceed  $100,000.  If such amount exceeds  $100,000,
the Board of Directors or the Committee  may, when the Options are exercised and
the shares  transferred  to an  employee,  designate  those  shares that will be
treated  as  Incentive   Stock  Options  and  those  that  will  be  treated  as
Nonstatutory Stock Options.

         As of the date hereof, no options under the Stock Option Plan have been
granted.


<PAGE>
Compensation of Directors

         Directors of the Company do not receive compensation for their services
as  directors;  however,  the Board of Directors  may  authorize  the payment of
compensation to directors for their  attendance at regular and special  meetings
of the Board and for  attendance  at meetings of  committees  of the Board as is
customary  for  similar  companies.  Directors  will  be  reimbursed  for  their
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in connection with their duties to
the  Company.  As of the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  no  person  has  received
compensation for serving as a director.

Limitation on Liability of Directors

         The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation, through its
Certificate of Incorporation, to exonerate its directors from personal liability
to the corporation,  or to its stockholders,  for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty of care as a director,  with certain  exceptions.  The exceptions
include a breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty,  acts or omissions  not in
good faith or which involve intentional  misconduct or knowing violation of law,
improper  declarations of dividends,  and transactions  from which the directors
derived an improper personal benefit. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation
exonerates its directors from monetary liability to the extent permitted by this
statutory provision.

         The Company has been advised that it is the position of the  Commission
that insofar as the foregoing provision may be invoked to disclaim liability for
damages  arising  under the Act,  that  provision  is against  public  policy as
expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.


                                       42

<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

         The  following  table sets  forth,  as of  November  1,  1998,  certain
information  concerning  beneficial  ownership  of shares of Common  Stock  with
respect  to (i)  each  person  known  to the  Company  to own 5% or  more of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) the
executive officer(s) of the Company named in the Summary Compensation Table, and
(iv) all directors and officers of the Company as a group:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Amount              Percentage of        Amount                Percentage of
                                        and Nature          Common Stock         and Nature            Common Stock
                                        Beneficially        Owned Before         Beneficially          Owned After
                                        Owned Before        Offering             Owned After           Offering
     Name                               Offering            (1)(2)               Offering              (1)(2)
     ----                               --------            ------               --------              ------

<S>                                 <C>                       <C>                  <C>                      <C>  
Goran Haggqvist                     1,208,729(3)              43.2%                1,158,729(3)             30.5%
Karlaplan 10
Stockholm, Sweden

Bjorn Nysted                        1,158,818(4)              41.4%                1,108,818(4)             29.2%
c/o Nortelco Nordic AS
P.O. Box 116
Manglerud Oslo, Norway

Jan Haggqvist
Overas Parkvagen 18
Gothenburg, Sweden                    185,844                  6.6%                  185,844                 4.9%

Tore Strand
c/o Nortelco Nordic AS
P.O. Box 116
Manglerud Oslo, Norway                        0                  0                           0                 0

Espen Komnaes                                 0                  0                           0                 0
c/o Komnaes & Huser ANS
P.O. Box 1661 Vika
Oslo, Norway

All Officers and
Directors as a
Group (4 persons)                2,367,547(5)                 84.6%                2,267,547(5)             59.7%
</TABLE>

  *  Less than 1% of issued and outstanding.

(1)      Based upon  2,800,000  shares of Common  Stock  issued and  outstanding
         before the  Offering  and  3,800,000  shares of Common Stock issued and
         outstanding  after  the  Offering.  However,  each  beneficial  owner's
         percentage  ownership is determined by assuming that options,  warrants
         and other convertible  securities that are held by such person (but not
         those held by any other person) and that are exercisable or convertible
         within sixty (60) days have been  exercised or  converted.  A person is
         deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired by
         such  person  within  sixty (60) days upon the  exercise  of options or
         warrants.

(2)      Unless otherwise provided herein, the Company believes that all persons
         named in the table have sole voting and  investment  power with respect
         to all shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them.

(3)      Mr.  Haggqvist  is the  Chairman  and a Director  of the  Company and a
         Director  of Nortelco  Nordic AS and  Storebro  Machine AB.  Amount and
         percentage of shares owned

                                       43

<PAGE>
          after the Offering  gives effect to the sale of 50,000  shares of
          Common Stock by Mr. Haggqvist.

(4)      All shares are owned by Nordic  Business  Development  AS, a  privately
         held  corporation  controlled  by Mr.  Nysted and certain of his family
         members. Mr. Nysted is the President and a Director of the Company, and
         the Managing Director, President, and a Director of Nortelco Nordic AS.
         Amount and  percentage of shares owned after the Offering  gives effect
         to the sale of 50,000 shares of Common Stock by Mr. Nysted.

(5) See footnotes (3) and (4).


                              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

         The following  table set forth certain  information at November 1, 1998
and as  adjusted  to  reflect  the  sale  of the  Common  Stock  by the  Selling
Stockholders.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       Shares
                                                                    Beneficially                                Shares
                                                                        Owned                                    Owned
               Name of                                                  Prior             Shares                 After
             Stockholder                                             to Offering          Offered              Offering

<S>                                                                       <C>                <C>                     <C>
Jeff Levine                                                               14,730             14,730                  0
Ballard Property Co. #1 Ltd.                                               7,365              7,365                  0
Richard Metsch                                                             7,365              7,365                  0
George Rutland                                                            14,730             14,730                  0
Silverio Conte                                                             7,365              7,365                  0
Wayne Wiseman                                                             14,730             14,730                  0
Joseph Raimando                                                            7,365              7,365                  0
Deborah Caruso                                                            14,730             14,730                  0
Sierra Holding Trust                                                      14,730             14,730                  0
Marscel Aronheim                                                           7,365              7,365                  0
ATB, Inc.                                                                  7,365              7,365                  0
Edward Wilkins                                                             7,365              7,365                  0
Joseph DiMauro                                                             7,365              7,365                  0

</TABLE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The  Selling  Stochholders  are free to offer and sell their  shares of
Common  Stock at such  times,  in such  manner and at such  prices as they shall
determine.  Such Common Stock may be offered by Selling  Stockholders  in one or
more types of  transactions,  which may or may not involve  brokers,  dealers or
cash  transactions.  The  Selling  Stockholders  may also use Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, to sell such securities, if he meets the criteria and conform to
the  requirements of such Rule.  There is no underwriter or coordinating  broker
acting in  connection  with the  proposed  sale of Common  Stock by the  Selling
Stockholders.

         The Selling  Stockholders have advised the Company that sales of Common
Stock may be effected from time to time in transactions (which may include block
transactions)  in  the  over-the-counter  market,  in  negotiated  transactions,
through the writing of options on the Common  Stock,  or a  combination  of such
methods  of sale,  at  fixed  price  which  may be  changed,  at  market  prices
prevailing  at  the  time  of  sale,  or  at  negotiated   prices,  the  Selling
Stockholders  may effect such  transactions  by selling Common Stock directly to
purchasers  or  to  or  through  broker/dealers  which  may  act  as  agents  or
principals.  Such  broker/dealers  may  receive  compensation  in  the  form  of
discounts,  concessions, or commissions from the Selling Stockholders and/or the
purchasers of Common Stock for whom such  broker/dealers may act as agents or to
whom they sell as  principal,  or both (which  compensation  as to a  particular
broker/dealer  may act as agents might be in excess of  customary  commissions).
The Selling  Stockholders and any broker/dealers that act in connection with the
sale of the  Common  Stock  might be deemed  to be  "underwriters"  within  them
meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, and any commissions  received by
them and any  profit on the  resale of the Common  Stock as  principal  might be
deemed to be underwriting  discounts and  commissions  under the Securities Act.
The  Selling   Stockholders  may  agree  to  indemnify  any  agent,   dealer  or
broker/dealer  that  participates in transactions  involving sales of the shares
against certain liabilities,  including liabilities arising under the Securities
Act.

         Because the Selling  Stockholders  may be deemed to be an "underwriter"
within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the  Securities,  they will be subject to
prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.  Furthermore,  in the
event of a  "distribution"  of his Common Stock, the Selling  Stockholders,  any
selling  broker/dealer  and  any  "affiliated  purchasers"  may  be  subject  to
Regulation M under the Exchange Act which  prohibits  any  "stabilizing  bid" or
"stabilizing  purchase" for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or  stabilizing  the
price of the Common Stock in connection with the Offering.
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         During April 1997, the Company's  subsidiary,  Norleco AS,  borrowed an
aggregate  of  approximately  $104,00  from Goran  Haggqvist,  a director of the
Company,  in order to provide  additional  funds for working  capital.  The loan
bears interest at the rate of 10% per annum and is payable on demand.

         During February 1998, the Company's subsidiary, Norleco AS, borrowed an
aggregate of  approximately  $121,250  from Goran  Haggqvist,  a director of the
Company,  in order to provide  additional  funds for working  capital.  The loan
bears interest at the rate of 10% per annum and is payable on demand.

         During September 1998, the Company's  subsidiary,  Norleco AS, borrowed
an aggregate of approximately  $156,000 from Goran Haggqvist,  a director of the
Company,  in order to provide  additional  funds for working  capital.  The loan
bears interest at the rate of 10% per annum and is payable on demand.

         During October 1998, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $150,000 from
Goran Haggqvist, a director of the Company, in order to provide additional funds
for working  capital to fund,  among other  things,  the  repurchase  of certain
shares  of  Common  Stock  of the  Company,  and to  repay  certain  outstanding
promissory  notes  of the  Company,  and  to pay  accrued  interest  on  certain
outstanding promissory notes of the Company. The loan bears interest at the rate
of 10% per annum and is payable on demand.

                                       44

<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Stock

         The Company is authorized  to issue up to  24,000,000  shares of Common
Stock, $.001 par value per share,  2,800,000 of which are issued and outstanding
as of the date of this Prospectus.  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled
to receive dividends equally when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors,
out of funds legally available therefore.

         Subject to the rights that may be  designated by the Board of Directors
to the holders of any preferred stock, the holders of the Common Stock have sole
voting  rights,  one vote for each share held of record,  and are entitled  upon
liquidation  of the  Company to share  ratably in the net assets of the  Company
available for  distribution.  Shares of the  Company's  Common Stock do not have
cumulative  voting  rights  and  vote  as  a  class  on  all  matters  requiring
stockholder  approval.  Therefore,  the  holders of a majority  of the shares of
Common Stock may elect all of the directors of the Company,  control its affairs
and day to day  operations.  The shares of Common Stock are not  redeemable  and
have no preemptive or similar rights.  All  outstanding  shares of the Company's
Common Stock are fully paid for and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

         The Company is  authorized to issue  1,000,000  shares of "blank check"
Preferred  Stock par value $.001 per share  ("Preferred  Stock").  The Preferred
Stock may be issued from time to time, in one or more series, upon authorization
by the Company's  Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors,  without  further
approval of the stockholders,  will be authorized to fix the dividend rights and
terms,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,   redemption  rights  and  terms,
liquidation  preferences,  and any other  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and
restrictions  applicable  to each series of  Preferred  Stock.  The  issuance of
Preferred  Stock (subject to the  prohibition of the Company issuing such shares
for two years from the Effective Date, without the consent of the Underwriters),
while providing  flexibility in connection with possible  acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely effect the voting power
of the holders of the Common Stock and,  under  certain  circumstances,  make it
more difficult for a third party to gain control of the Company, discourage bids
for the Company's  Common Stock at a premium or otherwise  adversely  effect the
market price of the Common Stock,  if the Common Stock is ever publicly  traded,
of which  there are no  assurances.  As of the date  hereof,  the Company has no
plans to issue, or any present intention to issue any such shares.

Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants

         Each Warrant  entitles its holder to purchase one share of Common Stock
at an exercise price of $6.00 per share,  subject to adjustment,  commencing one
year after the Effective Date until     , 2004.

         The  Warrants  will be  issued  pursuant  to a warrant  agreement  (the
"Warrant Agreement") among the Company, the Underwriters and Olde Monmouth Stock
Transfer  Co.,  Inc.,  the  warrant  agent,  and will be  evidenced  by  warrant
certificates in registered form.

         The exercise price of the Warrants and the number and kind of shares of
Common Stock or other  securities  and property  issuable  upon  exercise of the
Warrants are subject to adjustment  in certain  circumstances,  including  stock
splits,  stock  dividends,  subdivisions,  combinations,   reclassification,  or
issuances of stock at a price lower than the current market price. Additionally,
an  adjustment  will be made  upon the sale of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company in order to enable the holders of the Warrants to purchase
the  kind and  number  of  shares  of stock  or  other  securities  or  property
(including cash) receivable in such event by a holder of the number of shares of
Common  Stock that might  otherwise  have been  purchased  upon  exercise of the
Warrants.

                                       45

<PAGE>
         The  Warrants  do not  confer  upon the  holder any voting or any other
rights of a  stockholder  of the  Company.  Upon  notice to the  holders  of the
Warrants,  the Company has the right to reduce the exercise  price or extend the
expiration date of the Warrants.

         Warrants may be  exercised  upon  surrender of the Warrant  certificate
evidencing  those  Warrants  on or prior  to the  expiration  date  (or  earlier
redemption  date)  of the  Warrants  to the  Warrant  Agent,  with  the  form of
"Election to Purchase" on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate  completed
and executed as indicated, accompanied by payment of the full exercise price (in
United States funds, by cash or certified bank check payable to the order of the
Warrant Agent) for the number of Warrants being exercised.

         No  fractional  shares  will be issued upon  exercise of the  Warrants.
However, if a holder of a Warrant exercises all Warrants then owned of record by
him,  the  Company  will  pay to that  holder,  in lieu of the  issuance  of any
fractional  share which would otherwise be issuable,  an amount in cash based on
the  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the last  trading  day  prior to the
exercise date.

         No  Warrant  will be  exercisable  unless at the time of  exercise  the
Company has filed with the Commission a current prospectus covering the issuance
of shares  of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  and the
issuance of shares has been  registered  or  qualified or is deemed to be exempt
from  registration  or  qualification  under the securities laws of the state of
residence of the holder of the Warrant.  The Company has  undertaken  to use its
best efforts to maintain a current prospectus relating to the issuance of shares
of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants  until the  expiration  of the
Warrants,  subject  to the  terms  of the  Warrant  Agreement.  While  it is the
Company's intention to maintain a current prospectus, there is no assurance that
it will be able to do so. See "Risk  Factors--Current  Prospectus and State Blue
Sky Registration Required to Exercise Warrants."

         The Warrants are  redeemable,  in whole or in part, by the Company at a
price of $.05 per  Warrant,  commencing  one year after the  Effective  Date and
prior to their  expiration,  provided that (i) prior written  notice of not less
than 30 days is given to the Warrantholders (ii) the closing bid price per share
of the Company's  Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market (or the
last sale price,  if quoted on a national  securities  exchange)  for the twenty
consecutive  trading days  immediately  prior to the date on which the notice of
redemption   is  given,   shall  have   exceeded   $9.25  per  share  and  (iii)
Warrantholders  shall have  exercise  rights until the close of business the day
preceding the date fixed for redemption. The Warrants shall be exercisable until
the close of the  business  day  preceding  the date  fixed for  redemption.  In
addition, subject to the rules of the NASD, the Company has agreed to engage the
Underwriters as warrant solicitation agent, in connection with which it would be
entitled to a 5% fee upon exercise of the Warrants. See "Underwriting."

                                       46

<PAGE>
Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

         The Transfer Agent for the Company's Common Stock and the Warrant Agent
for  the  Company's   Warrants  is  Olde  Monmouth  Stock  Transfer  Co.,  Inc.,
Middletown, New Jersey.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Upon  consummation  of this  Offering,  the Company will have 3,800,000
shares of  Common  Stock  outstanding  (3,965,000  shares  if the  Underwriters'
Over-allotment  option is exercised in full).  All of the shares of Common Stock
sold in this Offering will be freely  tradeable  without  restriction or further
registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities
Act"),  except for any shares  purchased by an  "affiliate" of the Company which
will be subject to certain  limitations of Rule 144 adopted under the Securities
Act.

         The  2,800,000  presently   outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  are
restricted securities and will be subject to the resale limitations provided for
in Rule 144. Under Rule 144, as currently in effect, subject to the satisfaction
of certain other  conditions,  a person,  including an affiliate of the company,
who has owned  restricted  shares of Common Stock  beneficially for at least two
years,  is entitled to sell,  within any three month period,  a number of shares
that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the total number of outstanding shares
of the same class or, if the Common stock is quoted on an exchange,  the average
weekly  trading  volume  during the four  calendar  weeks  preceding the sale. A
nonaffiliate who has not been an affiliate of the Company for at least the three
months  immediately  preceding the sale and who has beneficially owned shares of
Common Stock for at least three years is entitled to sell such shares under Rule
144 without regard to any of the limitations described above. In meeting the two
and three year  holding  periods  described  above,  a holder who has  purchased
shares can include the holding periods of a prior owner who was not an affiliate
of the Company.

         Giving  effect  to the sale of  1,000,000  shares  by the  Company  and
100,000  shares by the Selling  Stockholders,  the Company  will have issued and
outstanding  3,800,000  shares of its Common Stock,  of which  2,700,000 will be
"restricted securities".

         All of the Company's  securityholders,  on the date hereof, have agreed
not to  publicly  sell,  for a  period  of two (2)  years  from the date of this
Prospectus,  any shares of the Company's  Common Stock without the prior written
consent of the Representative.  The Representative's decision whether to release
such individuals  from their lock-ups will be dependent upon market  conditions,
including the price and volume of the Company's securities,  as well as the need
to maintain orderly market conditions.

         Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no  sustained  market  for any
securities of the Company. The effect, if any, of public sales of the restricted
shares of Common  Stock or the  availability  of such  shares for future sale at
prevailing market prices cannot be predicted. Nevertheless, the possibility that
substantial  amounts of restricted shares may be resold in the public market may
adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and the Warrants,
if any such market should develop.


                                       47

<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

         Subject  to the  terms and  conditions  contained  in the  underwriting
agreement between the Company and the Underwriters,  for which Mason Hill & Co.,
Inc.  is  acting as  Representative  (a copy of which  agreement  is filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus  forms a part),
the Company and the  Principal  Stockholders  have agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters  named below, and each of such Underwriters has severally agreed to
purchase the number of shares of Common  Stock and  Warrants set forth  opposite
its name. All 1,100,000 shares and 1,650,000  Warrants offered must be purchased
by the several  Underwriters  if any are purchased.  The Shares and Warrants are
being  offered  by the  Underwriters  subject  to prior  sale,  when,  as and if
delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to approval of certain
legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions.

                                                             Number of
Underwriter                                           Shares            Warrants

Mason Hill & Co., Inc.





         Total                                    1,100,000            1,650,000
                                                  =========            =========

         The  Representative  has  advised  the  Company  that the  Underwriters
propose to offer the shares of Common  Stock and the  Warrants  to the public at
the offering  prices set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and that the
Underwriters  may allow to certain dealers who are members in good standing with
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")  concessions,  not
in excess of $ per share of Common  Stock and $ per  Warrant.  After the initial
public offering, the public offering price and concessions may be changed by the
Underwriters.

         The Company has granted the Underwriters an option,  exercisable for 45
days from the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to  165,000  shares of
Common Stock and 247,500  Warrants by the Company,  at the public offering price
less the underwriting  discounts set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
The Underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover over-allotments in the
sale of the shares of Common Stock and Warrants offered hereby.

         The  Company  and the  Principal  Stockholders  have  agreed to pay the
Underwriters a non-accountable  expense allowance of 3% of the gross proceeds of
the shares of Common Stock and  Warrants  sold in this  Offering,  or a total of
$154,950 and $15,000,  respectively ($180,442.50 and $15,000,  respectively,  if
the  Over-allotment  Option is exercised  in full),  none of which has been paid
prior to the date hereof.

         The  underwriting  agreement  provides for  reciprocal  indemnification
between the Company and the  Underwriters  against  certain  civil  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

         The Company has agreed to sell to the  Underwriters or their designees,
at a price of $10, the Underwriters' Warrants, which entitle the Underwriters to
purchase  up to 110,000  shares of Common  Stock of the Company  and/or  165,000
Warrants,   respectively.   The   securities   issuable  upon  exercise  of  the
Underwriters'   Warrants  are  identical  to  those  offered  pursuant  to  this
Prospectus.  The Underwriters'  Warrants will be exercisable at a price of $6.00
per  share  and $.12 per  Warrant,  respectively,  for a  period  of four  years
commencing  one  year  from the date of this  Prospectus,  and they  will not be
transferable  except to  underwriters  and  selected  dealers and  officers  and
partners  thereof.  Any profit  realized  upon any  resale of the  Underwriters'
Warrants or upon any sale of the shares of Common  Stock or Warrants  underlying
same may be deemed to be additional Underwriters' compensation.  The Company has
agreed that, upon written

                                       48

<PAGE>
request  of the then  holder(s)  of at  least a  majority  of the  Underwriters'
Warrants,  the Company will register (or file a  post-effective  amendment  with
respect to any registration  statement  registering) the Underwriters'  Warrants
and the underlying  securities under the Securities Act at its sole expense.  In
addition,  the  Company  has also  agreed to certain  "piggy-back"  registration
rights  for  the  holders  of the  Underwriters'  Warrants  and  the  underlying
securities.

         The  Company  has  agreed  that  for  a  period  of  three  years,  the
Representative  will have the  right to  designate  a person to be a  non-voting
advisor  to  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  who  will  receive  the  same
compensation  as a nonofficer  member of the Board of Directors  and who will be
indemnified by the Company  against any claims arising out of his  participation
at meetings of the Board of Directors.  In lieu of the Representative's right to
designate an advisor to the Board of Directors,  the  Representative  shall have
the right during such three year period,  in its sole  discretion,  to designate
one person for  election as a director  of the Company and the Company  will use
its best  efforts to obtain the election of such person who shall be entitled to
receive the same compensation,  expense reimbursements and other benefits as any
other  director.  The identity of such person has not been  determined as of the
date  hereof,  and it is not  expected  that such right will be exercised in the
immediate future.

         The  Underwriters  have  informed  the Company  that they do not expect
sales of shares and the Warrants to be made to discretionary  accounts to exceed
1% of the shares of Common Stock and Warrants offered hereby.

         The Offering is subject to the agreement by all present stockholders of
the  Company  that they will not sell any  shares of Common  Stock to the public
without  the  prior  written  consent  of the  Representative  for a  period  of
twenty-four months.

         The   Company  has  agreed  to  enter  into  an   agreement   with  the
Representative  retaining  them as a financial  consultant for a period of three
years from the date hereof, pursuant to which they will receive fees aggregating
$100,000 which fees will be payable in full at closing.

         The foregoing is a summary of the principal  terms of the  underwriting
agreement, the Underwriters' Warrant, and the Consulting Agreement. Reference is
made to the copies of the  underwriting  agreement,  the  Underwriters'  Warrant
Agreement  and the  Consulting  Agreement  which  are filed as  exhibits  to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

         Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no sustained  public market for
the  Common  Stock and no public  market  for the  Warrants.  Consequently,  the
Offering Price of the Common Stock and Warrants and the exercise price and other
terms of the Warrants have been  determined by the Company and the  Underwriters
and are not related to the Company's asset value, earnings,  book value or other
such criteria of value.  Factors considered in determining the Offering Price of
the Common  Stock and  Warrants  and the  exercise  price and other terms of the
Warrants  include  principally,  the  prospects  for the  industry  in which the
company  operates,  the  Company's  management,  the  general  condition  of the
securities markets and the demand for securities in similar industries.

                                       49

<PAGE>
                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The  validity  of the  issuance  of the shares  offered  hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by  Sichenzia,  Ross & Friedman  LLP, New York,  New
York. Certain legal matters in connection with this Offering will be passed upon
for the Underwriters by Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks,  LLP, New York,
New York.  Komnaes & Huser has advised the Company on certain  legal  matters in
connection  with  this  Offering  with  respect  to the  laws of  Norway.  Falks
Advokatbyra  has advised the Company on certain legal matters in connection with
this Offering with respect to the laws of Sweden.

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated  financial  statements of Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
at  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  and for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1997, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement
have been audited  by Ernst & Young AS,  independent  auditors,  as set forth in
their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein.

                               CHANGE IN AUDITORS

         In April  1997,  the  Company  dismissed  McManus  & Co.,  P.C.  as its
independent  auditors,  and  subsequently  engaged  Ernst  &  Young  AS  as  its
independent  auditors.  McManus  & Co.,  P.C.  was  originally  retained  as the
Company's  independent  auditors in  connection  with the  Company's  previously
withdrawn public offering. The Company dismissed McManus & Co., P.C. as a result
of the refusal by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  to accept the audit
report rendered by McManus & Co., P.C., which refusal was based upon the failure
by McManus & Co.,  P.C.  to  properly  perform  their  audit and the  failure by
McManus & Co., P.C. to comply with applicable auditing standards.


                                       50
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Shareholders and Board of Directors
Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

     We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Nordic
Equity Partners Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related   consolidated   statements   of  income   and   comprehensive   income,
shareholders'  equity and cash  flows for each of the three  years in the period
ended December 31, 1997. These financial  statements are the  responisibility of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally
accepted in the United States of America.  Those standards  require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the consolidated  financial position of Nordic Equity
Partners  Corp.  and  subsidiaries  as of December  31,  1997 and 1996,  and the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG AS

ERNST & YOUNG AS
Oslo, Norway


November 10, 1998




<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      December 31,
         Note                        1997     1996
                                     (in thousands)
Assets

Current assets
<S>                                     <C>    <C> 
Cash and cash equivalents ...........   $547   $410
Restricted cash and  cash equivalents    137    159

Trade accounts receivable (4)          4,899  4,227

Other receivables ...................    127    152
Inventories .(3).....................  3,765  4,734
Prepaid expenses ....................    250    245

Total current assets ................  9,725  9,927

Property, plant and equipment, 
     net (5)(8)                        1,173  1,138

Prepaid pension expenses (9).........    326    457
Agency and distribution rights ......  1,086  1,121

Other assets ........................     39    114

Total assets ........................ 12,349 12,757

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           December 31,
                                     Note              1997        1996
                                                          (in thousands)
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current liabilities
<S>                   <C>                             <C>         <C>     
Short-term borrowings (6) .........................   $  3,118    $  2,352

Accounts payable ..................................      3,112       3,456

Witholding tax and other taxes payable ............        984         936

Income taxes payable (11) .........................         59         273
Prepayments from customers ........................        270         448
Current portions of long-term debt ................        167         422

Related party debt (12) ...........................         59         494
Other currrent liabilities ........................        496         479

Total current liabilities .........................      8,265       8,860


Long-term liabilities
Long-term debt (7) ................................        746         204
Related party debt (12) ...........................        246        --
Deferred income taxes (11) ........................        171         175

Total long term liabilities .......................      1,163         379


Total liabilities .................................      9,428       9,239


Shareholders' equity
Common stock, 0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 2,800,000 shares issued and outstanding          3           3

Capital in excess of par value ....................      2,208       2,208

Retained earnings .................................        967       1,091
Other comprehensive income ........................       (257)        216

Total shareholders' equity ........................      2,921       3,518


Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ........   $ 12,349    $ 12,757

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
           Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 For the year ended December 31,

                             Note              1997     1996     1995
                                         (in thousands except per share amounts)


<S> ..........................................        <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales ....................................    %25,561    $ 26,564    $ 25,333
Cost of goods sold ...........................     15,436      15,891      15,258

Gross profit .................................     10,125      10,673      10,075

Sales and marketing expenses .................      3,455       3,713       3,144
General and administrative expenses ..........      6,062       5,952       5,924
Amortization of agency and distribution rights        202         168         212

Income from operations .......................        406         840         795

Interest income ..............................         22          39          83
Foreign exchange gains .......................         46          60         100
Interest expenses ............................       (438)       (487)       (514)
Foreign exchange losses ......................        (42)        (18)        (26)

Net income (loss) before taxes ...............         (6)        434         438

Current income taxes (11) ....................        119         311         196
Deferred income taxes (11) ...................         (1)        (30)         (5)

Total taxes ..................................        118         281         191

Net income (loss) ............................   $   (124)   $    153    $    247

Other comprehensive income:

Translation adjustments ......................       (473)        (82)        265

Comprehensive income (loss) ..................       (597)         71         512

Earnings per share:

Basic and Diluted  ...........................      (0.04)       0.14       27.65

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                "For the year ended December 31,"
                                                                   1997     1996      1995
                                                                          (in thousands)
Cash flows from operations
<S>                                                                <C>      <C>      <C>  
Net income (loss) ..............................................   $(124)   $ 153    $ 247
Deferred taxes .................................................      (1)     (30)      (5)
Depreciation ...................................................     330      275      314
Amortization of agency and distribution rights .................     202      168      212
Gain (loss) from disposal of assets ............................      10       (6)    --
Changes in inventories .........................................     969     (233)   (1,080)
Changes in accounts receivable .................................    (672)    (395)   (1,194)
Changes in accounts payable ....................................    (344)     (29)     702
Changes in other assets and liabilities.........................    (680)      49      187   

Cash flows from operating activities ...........................    (310)     (48)    (617)

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of equipment .........................................    (391)    (231)    (519)
Proceeds from disposal of assets ...............................      36       46       33
Investments in other assets ....................................    (169)     (51)    (295)
Proceeds from disposal of other assets .........................      75                --

Cash flows from investing activities ...........................    (449)    (236)    (781)

Cash flows from financing activities
Net change in short term borrowings ............................     766     1,022     634
Proceeds from long-term debt ...................................     719     --        488
Payments on long term debt .....................................    (116)    (787)    (458)
Issuances of common stock                                              -       50      222

Cash flows from financing activities                                1,369     285      886

Net effects of exchange rate changes                                (473)     (82)     265

Net changes in cash and cash equivalents                             137      (81)    (247)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                       410      491      738

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                            $547     $410    $ 491


</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
           Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

                       (in thousands except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                
                                                                             Other
                                         Common stock            Paid in     Retained        Comprehensive
                                  Shares          Amount         Capital     Earnings        Income               Total
                  Total


<S>                                <C>       <C>          <C>                <C>               <C>                 <C> 
Balance, January 1, 1995 ...        8,746    $       0    $      586         $   691           $ 33                $1,310

Foreign currency adjustments                                                                    265                   265

Common stock issuances .....          186                        222                                                  222

Capital contributions ......                                     353                                                  353

Net income .................                                                     247                                  247

Balance, December 31, 1995 .        8,932             0         1,161            938            298                  2,397

Foreign currency adjustments                                                                    (82)                   (82)

Debt for equity conversion .    2,643,700             3           997                                                 1,000

Common stock issuances .....      147,368                          50                                                    50

Net income .................                                                      153                                   153

Balance, December 31, 1996 .    2,800,000             3         2,208           1,091            216                  3,518

Foreign currency adjustments                                                                     (473)                (473)

Net loss ...................                                                     (124)                                (124)

Balance, December 31, 1997 .    2,800,000    $        3    $    2,208   $      967   $     (257)   $    2,921

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


1.       Organization and basis of presentation


     Nordic Equity  Partners Corp. (the  "Company") was  incorporated  under the
laws of Delaware in May 1994 as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Sherman,  Goelz &
Associates  ("SGA").  SGA was  incorporated  under the laws of Nevada  under the
original  name  Pearl  Ventures.  In May 1995 SGA was  merged  with and into the
Company.  Prior to the merger both the Company  and SGA were  holding  companies
with no operations or investments.

     In November 1994 the Company  acquired 100% of the common stock of Storebro
Machine AB  ("Storebro"),  a Swedish  company  under the  common  control of the
Company's majority shareholder,  in exchange for cash of $215,000 and 722 shares
of  the  Company's  common  stock.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a
reorganization of entities under common control,  and,  accordingly treated in a
manner similar to a pooling of interest.

     In November  1994 the Company  acquired 80% of the common stock of Nortelco
AS, a Norwegian company  ("Nortelco") for cash of $785,000 and 856 shares of the
Company's  common stock.  The  acquisition  was accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting,  and accordingly,  the operating  results of Nortelco have
been included in the Company's  consolidated financial statements since the date
of  acquisition.  The  excess of the  purchase  price over the fair value of net
assets of Nortelco at the date of  acquisition  in the amount of $1,645,000  was
allocated  to  prepaid  pension  cost and agency and  distribution  rights.  The
remaining 20% of the common stock of Nortelco was  contributed to the Company in
1995 (see note 12).

2.       Summary of significant accounting policies

     The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Consolidation principles

     The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany  transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

     The  subsidiaries  located  outside  of the United  States use their  local
currency as their  functional  currency.  The assets and  liabilities of foreign
subsidiaries are translated into US dollars using the rate of exchange as of the
balance sheet date. For the consolidated  income statement,  an average exchange
rate is used.  Translation  gains and losses are  accumulated  and included as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.

Cash and cash equivalents

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include  cash on hand and bank  deposits.  Cash
equivalents  are  considered to all be highly liquid  investments  with original
maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.


<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Inventories

     Inventory  is stated  at the lower of  average  cost or  market.  Inventory
reserves are established  for  slow-moving  and obsolete  inventory based on the
passage of time and historical and projected sales activity.


Property, plant and equipment 

     Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided
using straight-line and accelerated methods.

         The useful lives utilized for this purpose are:

                           Automobiles                                 4-5 years
                           Machinery and Equipment                     3-4 years


Revenue

     Revenue  from the sale of  products  is recorded  when the  merchandise  is
shipped to  customers.  Estimated  returns  are  accrued for when the revenue is
recorded.  Revenue from design and installation  services is generally  recorded
using the  percentage of completion  method.  Revenue from service and repair is
recorded as the related services are performed.


Income taxes

     The Company  accounts for certain income and expense items  differently for
financial  reporting  purposes  than for tax purposes.  Provisions  for deferred
taxes are made in  recognition  of such  temporary  differences,  following  the
requirements  of Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board No. 109 "Accounting for
Income Taxes."


Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial  instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrated
credit risks  consist  primarily of cash and trade  receivables.  Credit risk on
trade  receivables  is minimized as a result of the large and diverse  nature of
the Company's  customer  base. The Company  maintains cash and cash  equivalents
with various financial  institutions  located  throughout Norway and Sweden. The
Company's policy is designed to limit exposure to any one institution.  Deposits
are  required  for any  large  orders  or for  orders  from  buyers  not  having
established a trading history with the Company.

Agency and distribution rights

     Agency and distribution  rights represent the value assigned to such rights
at the date of the Nortelco  acquisition.  Such rights are being  amortized on a
straight-line basis over 10 years. Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1997
and 1996 amounted to $852,000 and $657,000, respectively.



<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


Impairment of Long Lived and Identifiable Intangible Assets

     The  Company  evaluates  the  carrying  value  of  long  lived  assets  and
identifiable  intangible assets for potential impairment on an ongoing basis. An
impairment loss would be recognized when the estimated  undiscounted future cash
flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset.


Fair value of financial instruments

     The  carrying  value  of  financial  instruments  such  as  cash,  accounts
receivable,  accounts payable and short-term  borrowings  approximate their fair
value based on the  short-term  maturities  of there  instruments.  The carrying
value of long-term  debt  approximates  fair value based on quoted market prices
for the same or  similar  issues as well as the  current  rates  offered  to the
Company. The fair value of related party debt is not determinable.

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

     In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 128,
Earnings per Share (SFAS 128).  SFAS 128 replaced the calculation of primary and
fully diluted  earnings per share with basic and diluted earnings per share. All
earnings per share amounts for all periods have been restated to conform to SFAS
128 requirements.


Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Restatement

     The  financial  statements  of the Company  for 1995 have been  restated to
correct misapplication of accounting principles.
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


3.       Inventories

         Inventory consists of the following:
                                          December 31,

                                      1997           1996
                                        (in thousands)

Finished goods                     $ 3,352        $ 4,427
Work in progress                       413            307

Total                              $ 3,765        $ 4,734



4.       Trade accounts receivable

         Trade accounts receivable consists of the following:
     
                                           December 31,
                                       1997          1996      
                                         (in thousands)

Trade accounts receivables         $ 4,911        $ 4,239   
Provisions for doubtful accounts      (12)           (12)

Net accounts receivable            $ 4,899        $ 4,227


5.       Property, plant and equipment


         Property  and  equipment  and  related  accumulated   depreciation  are
summarized as follows:


                                          December 31,
                                      1997           1996
                                        (in thousands)

Machinery and equipment            $ 2,609        $ 2,755
Automobiles                            687            535
Less accumulated depreciation       (2,123)        (2,152)

Total                              $ 1,173        $ 1,138



<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


6.       Short-term borrowings


     The Company's  subsidiaries  have available  short-term  credit lines which
amounted to $2,757,000 at December 31, 1997. The credit arrangements do not have
fixed  termination  dates and are  renewable  annually  by the banks  subject to
adjustments in interest rates and collateral.  Borrowings under the credit lines
bear interest at 7% as of December 31, 1997and 11 % as of December 31, 1996. The
Company had $1,875,000 and  $1,215,000  outstanding  under these credit lines at
December 31, 1997, and 1996, respectively.


     The credit lines are secured by substantially all of the Company's accounts
receivable, inventories property, plant and equipment.


     The following items are also included in short-term borrowings:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                     December 31,
                           Interest-        Maturity          Terms of repayment     1997    1996
                           rate              date             Principal Interest     (in thousands)


<S>                           <C>                 <C>                                <C>       <C>
Bridge loans                  10.0 %         Nov. 1998 at maturity year end          1,093     987
Term loan                     12.0 %         April 1998 at maturity at maturity        150     150

Total                                                                              $ 1,243 $ 1,137
</TABLE>

     The bridge  loans which were  received in a private  placement  in 1996 are
unsecured  term loans  originally  payable on the  earlier of the  closing of an
Initial  Public  Offering (IPO) of the Company or February 15, 1998. In 1998 the
holders of the bridge  loans agreed to extend the due date to the earlier of the
closing of the IPO or November  15,  1998.  Three of the  holders,  representing
$142,500 in loans,  have  requested  and received  repayment  of the  borrowings
subsequent to December 31, 1997.


<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


7.       Long-term debt

         Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         December 31,
         Bank              Interest-        Maturity          Terms of repayment     1997           1996
                           rate             date              Principal  Interest       (in thousands)

<S>                         <C>              <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>  
Gjensidige, Norway          6.4 %            various          monthly    monthly      $ 247          $ 111
Gjensidige, Norway          5.4 %            Aug. 2004        quarterly  quarterly      659              -
DnB, Norway                 7.0 %            various          monthly    monthly          7             30
DnB, Norway                 9.5 %            June 1998        quarterly  quarterly        -            350
IBM, Norway                 9.5 %            Dec. 1997        monthly    monthly          -             28
Handelsbanken, Sweden      11.0 %            Sept. 1998       quarterly  quarterly        -            107

                                                                         Total        $ 913          $ 626

                                                                         less current
                                                                         portion        167            422
                                                                                        746            204
</TABLE>
     The interest rates applicable during 1996 ranged between 9.5% and 12% on an
annual basis. All of these above loans have variable interest rates.

     Interest  paid on  short-term  borrowings  and  long-term  debt amounted to
$438,000,  $487,000 and $514,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively. 

     Aggregate principal payments for the next five years subsequent to December
31, 1997 are as follows:

         1998                               $        167
         1999                                        191
         2000                                        166
         2001                                        145
         2002                                        105
         Thereafter                                  139
         Total minimum principal payments   $        913

<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


8.       Leases

     Equipment with a cost and accumulated  amortization of $95,070 and $47,535,
respectively,  at December  31, 1997  ($107,990  and  $26,990,  respectively  at
December 31,  1996) have been leased  under  capital  leases.  In addition,  the
Company leases certain  property and equipment under operating lease  agreements
which expire through 2002.

     Future minimum annual capital and operating  lease  commitments at December
31, 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Operating                   Capital
                                                     Leases                      Leases
                                                               (in thousands)
         <S>                                         <C>                                <C>       
         1998                               $        328                        $       28
         1999                                        272                                27
         2000                                        158                                 0
         2001                                         33                                 0
         2002                                          2                                 0
         Thereafter                                    0                                 0
         Total minimum lease payments       $        793                        $       55
         Amount representing interest                                                    8
         Present value of minimum lease payments                                        47
         Current portion                                                                24
         Long-term portion                                                      $       23

</TABLE>

     Operating lease expenses amounted to approximately $ 310,000,  $360,000 and
400,000 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

9.       Pension plans and related provisions


     The  Company  sponsors a defined  benefit  pension  plan for its  Norwegian
employees.  The Company makes annual payments to the plan, which is administered
and executed by a nationally approved insurance company.  The fund complies with
the applicable  Norwegian laws on pension funds, which define investment profile
standards and investment  assets.  Investment assets consists of debt and equity
securities.  Contributions  to the plan are defined by approved  actuaries using
employee historical data and experience  ratings.  The employee benefits paid at
retirement  are based on a formula  related to salary at the time of  retirement
and years of service.
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


     For the company  sponsored  defined  benefit  pension  plan,  net  periodic
pension costs  included in the  statement of  operations  includes the following
components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                    December 31,
                                                                 1997      1996          1995
                                                                       (in thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>       <C>            <C>  
Employee service cost earned during the year                     $ 99      $ 104          $ 157
Interest charges on projected benefit obligation                   66         46             57
Return on plan assets                                             (89)       (99)          (111)
Net amortization and deferral                                       3        (15)             -

Total net periodic pension cost                                  $ 79       $ 36          $ 103
</TABLE>

     The  following  table sets forth the funded  status of the defined  benefit
pension  plan  and the  corresponding  amounts  recognized  in the  consolidated
balance sheet at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                 December 31,
                                                            1997           1996
                                                                (in thousands)

<S>                                                         <C>            <C>       <C>
Vested accumulated benefit obligation                       (1,120)        (844)

Projected benefit obligation                            $   (1,120)      $ (844)
Plan assets at fair value                                    1,271        1,459

Excess of plan assets over projected                           150          616
benefit obligation
Unrecognized net loss (gain)                                   176         (159)

Prepaid pension cost                                         $ 326        $ 457

For purposes of the above disclosure, the following 
assumptions were used:

                                                               1997        1996      1995
Discount rate                                                  6.5 %       6.5 %     7.0 %
Assumed long-term rate of return on assets                     7.5 %       7.5 %     8.0 %
Rate of compensation increase                                  3.0 %       3.0 %     2.5 %
</TABLE>

     The Company's Swedish employees are covered by government sponsored pension
and welfare programs. Under the terms of the programs the Company makes periodic
payments to various government agencies.

<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


10.      Shareholders' equity

     In November 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company  declared a 1:1.473
stock  split,  resulting  in an increase  from  1,900,625  to  2,800,000  shares
outstanding.  References to number of shares, except shares authorized,  and per
share  information,  have  been  adjusted  to  reflect  the  stock  split  on  a
retroactive basis.

Retained Earnings

     The  Company  is  a  holding   company  with  no  operations  of  its  own.
Accordingly,  the retained  earnings of the Company  principally  represent  the
accumulated earnings of its foreign subsidiaries.  The ability of the Company to
pay  dividends is dependent on the transfer of  accumulated  earnings from these
subsidiaries.  As at  December  31,  1997,  earnings of the  Company`s  foreign
subsidiaries  available for  distribution  totaled  $200,000  (calculated on the
basis of local statutory accounting).  Since it is in the Company`s intention to
indefinitely  reinvest  these  earnings,  no  U.S.  taxes  have  been  provided.
Determination  of the amount of  unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability on these
unremitted earnings is not practicable.

Common Stock

     The  Company  is  authorized  to issue up to  100,000,000  shares of Common
Stock, $.001 par value per share, 2,800,000 of which are issued and outstanding.
The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends equally, when,
as and if declared by the Board of  Directors,  out of funds  legally  available
therefore.

     Subject to the rights that may be  designated  by the Board of Directors to
the holders of any  preferred  stock,  the holders of the Common Stock have sole
voting  rights,  one vote for each share held of record,  and are entitled  upon
liquidation  of the  Company to share  ratably in the net assets of the  Company
available for  distribution.  Shares of the  Company's  Common Stock do not have
cumulative  voting  rights  and  vote  as  a  class  on  all  matters  requiring
stockholder approval.  The shares of Common Stock are not redeemable and have no
preemptive or similar rights


Preferred Stock

     The  Company  is  authorized  to issue  1,000,000  shares of "blank  check"
Preferred  Stock par value $.001 per share  ("Preferred  Stock").  The Preferred
Stock may be issued from time to time, in one or more series, upon authorization
by the Company's  Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors,  without  further
approval of the stockholders,  will be authorized to fix the dividend rights and
terms,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,   redemption  rights  and  terms,
liquidation  preferences,  and any other  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and
restrictions applicable to each series of Preferred Stock. There is no preferred
stock outstanding.


1995 Stock Option Plan

     The Company's  1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") was adopted
by the Board of Directors  and the  stockholders  of the Company as of September
1995. The Stock Option Plan provides for the granting "of options to purchase up
to 250,000  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock that are intended to qualify
either as incentive stock options ("Incentive Stock Options") within the meaning
of Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code or as options that are
not  intended to meet the  requirements  of such  section  ("Nonstatutory  Stock
Options"). Options to purchase shares may be granted under the Stock Option Plan
to persons who, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, are employees (including
officers) of the Company,  or, in the case of  Nonstatutory  Stock Options,  are
employees  (including  officers)  or  non-employee  directors  of the Company or
consultants  to the  Company.  No options  under the Stock Option Plan have been
granted.




<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


11.      Income taxes

     The Company's Norwegian and Swedish subsidiaries are taxed at the statutory
tax rate 28% in both countries.  A reconciliation between the statutory tax rate
and the effective rate shown in the  consolidated  statement of operations is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          December 31,
                                                     1997              1996             1995


<S>                                                   <C>               <C>             <C>
Income tax based on statuory rate                     (2)               122             123

Losses for which no tax benefit is recorded            65               143              10

Non-deductible expenses                                55                45              58

Tax loss carry forward                                  -               (29)              -

Income tax in statement of operations                 118               281              191
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     Items giving rise to deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 December 31,

                                             1997           1996
                                                (in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:


<S>                                            <C>            <C>
Accounts receivable                             -              3

Inventory                                       6              -
Other                                           2              1
Tax Loss Carryforward                         218            153
                                              226            157

Deferred tax liabilities:


Accounts receivable                           $ 3             $ -
     
Pension                                        91              128
Property, plant and equipment                  44               24
Other                                          41               27

                                              179              179

Valuation allowance                          (218)            (153)

Net deferred tax liabilities                 $ 171             $175
</TABLE>
     At December 31, 1997,  the Company had  approximately  $800,000 in tax loss
carryforwards.  The amount has been fully reserved due to the  uncertainty as to
whether such amounts will be realized.


     Cash paid for taxes  amounted to  $333,000,  $83,000 and  $181,000  for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


     No  tax  accrual  for  possible   repatiation  of  dividends  from  foreign
subsidiaries is provided for (see note 10).

<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


12.      Related party transactions


         Amounts borrowed from related parties are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                December 31,
         Related party                      Interest-         Maturity          Terms of repayment         1997              1996
                                            rate              date              Principal      Interest            (in thousands)


<S>                                         <C>               <C>               <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>  
NBD AS, Norway                              12.0 %            July 1999         at maturity    year end     174              407
Bjorn Nysted                                12.0 %            July 1999         at maturity    year end      22               33
Espen Nysted                                12.0 %            July 1999         at maturity    year end      22               23
Olle Roy Larsen                             10.0 %            July 1999         at maturity    year end      28               31
Goran Haggqvist                             12.0 %            Mar 1998          at maturity                  59                -

Total                                                                                                     $ 305            $ 494
</TABLE>

         All interest rates are fixed.


     Bjorn Nysted is President of the Company's Norwegian  subsidiary,  Nortelco
AS.  NBD AS,  Norway  is a  shareholder  of the  Company  and is  controlled  by
Bjorn  Nysted.  Olle Roy Larsen and Espen Nysted are not shareholders but
are relatives of Bjorn Nysted.  The borrowings  were  originally  granted with a
maturity date of December 31, 1996 and were therefore  classified as short term.
In 1997 the borrowings were extended to July 1999 and are therefore reclassified
as long term as of December 31, 1997.


     Goran  Haggqvist  is Chairman of the  Company's  Board of  Directors  and a
shareholder of the Company.  The note to Goran  Haggqvist is classified as short
term.


     In November 1995, the owner of the remaining 20 % of Nortelco,  who is also
a shareholder of the Company, agreed to transfer his 20% interest in Nortelco to
the Company in exchange for shares in the Company held by other  shareholders of
the Company. The transaction has been accounted for as a capital contribution in
the  amount  of  $353,000,  the  estimated  fair  value of the 20%  interest  in
Nortelco.  The  excess of the fair value of  $328,000  over the  historical  net
assets was attributed to agency and distribution rights.


     In August 1996, the Company's majority  shareholder  converted a $1,000,000
loan he made to the Company in exchange for  2,643,700  shares of the  Company's
common stock.




<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


13.      Segment information

     The  Company  operates  in two  industry  segments  (a)  the  purchase  and
distribution of electronic,  electrical and  audio-visual  equipment and (b) the
design,  assembly  and  distribution  of  lathes.  The  Company`s  revenues  are
generated in Scandinavia, principally Sweden and Norway. There are insignificant
transactions  between the two  industry  segments.  Information  concerning  the
Company's industry segments is summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          
                                                            Electronic
                                                            equipment      Lathes      Consolidated

Year ended December 31, 1997


<S>                                                            <C>         <C>            <C>   
Sales to unaffiliated customers ...........................    21,665      3,897          25,562
Operating income ..........................................       508         25             533

General corporate expenses ................................                                  127
Interest expense, net   ...................................                                  412

Net loss before income taxes ..............................                                   (6)

Identifiable assets at December 31, 1997   ................      9,932     2,417          12,349

Depreciation expense, incl depr. agency and distr. rights          512        20             532

Capital expenditures ......................................        558         2             560

Year ended December 31, 1996

Sales to unaffiliated customers ...........................     22,042     4,522          26,564
Operating income ..........................................      1,012       302           1,314 

General corporate expenses ................................                                  474
Interest expense, net   ...................................                                  406

Net income before income taxes ............................                                  434

Identifiable assets at December 31, 1996   ................      9,768     2,989          12,757

Depreciation expense, incl depr. agency and distr. rights          418        25             443

Capital expenditure .......................................        275         7             282

Year ended December 31, 1995


Sales to unaffiliated customers ...........................     21,305     4,027          25,332
Operating income ..........................................        532       301             833

General corporate expenses ................................                                   38
Interest expense, net   ...................................                                  357

Net income before income taxes ............................                                  438

Identifiable assets at December 31, 1995   ................      9,830     2,428          12,258

Depreciation expense, incl depr. agency and distr. rights          514        12             526

Capital expenditure .......................................        793        21             814

</TABLE>
     No  clients  account  for more  than 10% of  sales or  outstanding  account
receivables  as per  December  31,  1997.  One  supplier  accounts for over 10 %
(12.3%) of total purchases in the group.


<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


14.      Earnings per share


         The  following  table sets forth the  computation  of basic and diluted
earnings per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                             December 31,
          
                                                                    1997              1996             1995

         Numerator:

<S>                                                                <C>               <C>               <C>  
     Net income (loss) - numerator for basic and diluted           $(124)            $ 153             $ 247
     loss per share (in thousands)


Denominator:

     Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share -    2,800,000         1,055,582             8,932
     weighted average shares

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share .................        (0.04)                0.14             27.65
</TABLE>

         Weighted average shares reflects the October 1998 stock split.



15.      Recent Pronouncements


     The  Financial   Accounting   Standards  Board  has  issued  the  following
statements which have not yet been adopted by the Company:

     Statement No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information".  The  application  of this  statement  will be effective for years
beginning after December 15, 1997.

     Statement  No. 132,  "Employer's  Disclosures  about  Pensions  and other
Postretirement Benefits". The application of this statement will be effective
for years beginning after December 31, 1997.

     Statement  No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivitive  Instruments  and Hedging
Activities".  The  application  of this  statement  will be effective  for years
beginning after June 15, 1999.

     The adoption of  Statements  No. 131 and 132 will not effect the  Company's
financial  position  or  results  of  operations,  but will  require  changes to
existing  disclosures and  presentation.  The adoption of statement No. 133 will
not impact the Company as it does not currently  engage in derivitive or hedging
activites.
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
                          Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   June 30,  December 31,
                        Note         1998       1997
                                  (Unaudited)
                                        (in thousands)
Assets

Current assets
<S>                                     <C>    <C> 
Cash and cash eqvivalents ...........   $274   $547
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     120    137
Trade accounts receivable ...........  4,697  4,899

Other receivables ...................    297    127
Inventories (2)......................  4,806  3,765
Prepaid expenses ....................     71    250

Total current assets ................ 10,265  9,725

Property, plant and equipement, net    1,212  1,173

Prepaid pension expenses ............    287    326
Agency and distribution rights ......    982  1,086
Other assets ........................     13     39

Total assets ........................$12,759 $12,349
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  June 30,   December 31,
                                  Note              1998             1997
                                                 (Unaudited)
                                                        (in thousands)
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current liabilities
<S>                                                 <C>      <C>   
Short-term borrowings ..............................$ 2,930  $3,118
Accounts payable ...................................  3,087   3,112
Witholding tax and other taxes payable .............    710     984
Income taxes payable ...............................    279      59
Prepayments from customers .........................    342     270


Current portions long-term debt ....................    167     167
Related party debt .................................    129      59
Other currrent liabilities .........................    755     496

Total current liabilities ..........................  8,399   8,265

Long-term liabilities

Long term debt .....................................    902     746

Related party debt .................................    206     246

Deferred income taxes ..............................    171     171

Total long-term liabilities ........................  1,279   1,163


Total liabilities ..................................  9,678    9,428


Shareholders' equity

Common stock, 0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 2,800,000 shares issued and outstanding       3        3

Capital in excess of par value .....................   2,208    2,208

Retained earnings ..................................   1,204      967

Other comprehensive income .........................   (334)     (257)


Total shareholders' equity .........................   3,081     2,921

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ......... $12,759  $ 12,349

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
           Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Six months ended June 30,
                                       Note              1998             1997
                           (Unaudited)
                  (in thousands except per share amounts)

<S>                                           <C>       <C>     
Net sales ....................................$ 12,798  $ 12,473
Cost of goods sold ...........................   7,402     7,495

Gross profit .................................   5,396    4,978

Sales and marketing expense ..................     759      809
General and administrative expenses ..........   3,915    3,829
Amortization of agency and distribution rights      76       68

Income from operations .......................     646      272

Interest income ..............................      22       40
Interest expense .............................    (235)    (255)

Net income before taxes ......................     433       57

Current income taxes .........................     193       63
Deferred income taxes ........................      --       --

Total taxes ..................................     193       63

Net income (loss) ............................     240       (6)

Translation adjustments ......................     (77)    (361)

Other comprehensive income:
Comprehensive income (loss) ..................   $ 163    $(367)

Earnings per share:

Basic and diluted ............................   $   0.09 $(0.00)

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
                      Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Six Months Ended June 30,
                                                                   1998         1997
                                                                (Unaudited)
                                                                       (in thousands)
Cash flows from operations
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>     
Net income (loss) ..............................................   $   240    $    (6)
Deferred taxes .................................................      --         --
Depreciation ...................................................       186        199
Amortization of agency and distribution rights .................        76         68
Changes in inventories .........................................    (1,041)      (161)
Changes in accounts receivable .................................       202       (111)
Changes in accounts payable ....................................       (25)       148

Changes in other assets and liabilities ........................       380       (415)

Cash flows from operating activities ...........................        18       (278)

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of equipment .........................................      (207)       (96)
Investments in other assets ....................................       (13)      (211)
Proceeds from disposal of other assets .........................        39         46

Cash flows from investing activities ...........................      (181)      (261)

Cash flows from financing activities
Net changes in short term borrowings ...........................      (188)       381
Proceeds from long-term debt ...................................       253        293
Payments on long term debt .....................................       (98)       (58)

Cash flows from financing activities ...........................       (33)       616

Net effects of exchange rate change ..........                         (77)      (361)

Net changes in cash and cash equivalents .....                        (273)      (284)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                         547        410

Cash and cash equivalents as per June 30 .....                       $ 274      $ 126
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
                          Nordic Equity Partners Corp.




Note 1.  General

     The  accompanying  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements have been
prepared in conformity  with "the  accounting  principles  stated in the audited
financial  statements  for the year ended  December  31,  1997 and  reflect  all
adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals which are, in the opinion of
the management,  necessary for a fair presentation of the financial  position as
of June 30, 1998 and the results for of  operations  for the periods  presented.
The operating results for the interim periods are not necessarily  indicative of
results for the full fiscal year.


Note 2.  Inventory

         Inventory consists of the following:
                                                     December 31,   June 30,
                                                     1997              1998

                  Finished goods                  $  3,352          $ 3,792
                  Work in progress                     413            1,014

         Total                                    $  3,765          $ 4,806


Note 3.  Share split

     In October 1998 the Board of Directors of the Company  declared a 1 : 1.473
stock  split,   resulting  in  increase  from  1,900,625  to  2,800,000   shares
outstanding.  References to number of shares,  except shares authorized,  and to
per share  information  have  been  adjusted  to  reflect  the stock  split on a
retroactive basis.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Prospective investors may rely only on the
information contained in this Prospectus.
The Company has not authorized any dealer,
salesperson or any other person to provide                                              NORDIC EQUITY
prospective investors with information                                                  PARTNERS CORP.
or representations different from that
contained in this Prospectus. Prospective
Investors should not rely on any unauthorized
information. This Prospectus is not an offer
to sell any security other than the Common                                   1,100,000 Shares of Common Stock
Stock and Warrants offered by this Prospectus,                               1,650,000 Common Stock Purchase
nor does this Prospectus offer to buy or sell                                             Warrants
any securities in any jurisdiction where it
is unlawful. The information in this Prospectus
is current as of the date of this Prospectus,
regardless of the time of delivery of this
Prospectus or any sale of these securities.

                  -----------------

                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                  -----------------

                                          Page

Prospectus Summary..........................................
Risk Factors................................................
Use of Proceeds.............................................
Dilution....................................................
Dividend Policy.............................................
Capitalization..............................................
Market for Securities.......................................                   ---------------
Selected Financial Information..............................  
Management's Discussion and                                                      PROSPECTUS
  Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations.................................                   ---------------
History of the Company......................................
Business....................................................
Management..................................................
Principal Stockholders......................................
Selling Stockholders........................................
Plan of Distribution........................................
Certain Transactions........................................
Description of Securities...................................                 MASON HILL & CO., INC.
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.............................  
Underwriting................................................  
Legal Matters...............................................  
Experts.....................................................  
Index to Financial Statements...............................F-1


         Until ___________, 1998 (25 days after
the date of this Prospectus), all dealers                                                 , 1998
that buy, sell or trade these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering
may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to the dealers' obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
</TABLE>
                                       51

<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

         The estimated  expenses of this Offering all of which are to be paid by
the  Registrant  in  connection  with  the  issuance  and  distribution  of  the
securities being registered are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                       <C>         
         SEC registration fee                                                                             $   5,968.57
         NASD filing fee                                                                                      2,532.24   
         NASDAQ listing and Filing fee                                                                       10,000.00*
         Printing and engraving expenses                                                                    100,000.00*
         Accounting fees and expenses                                                                       150,000.00*
         Legal fees and expenses                                                                            125,000.00*
         Blue sky fees and expenses                                                                          60,000.00*
         Transfer agent fees                                                                                  5,000.00*
         Miscellaneous expenses                                                                              41,499.19*
                                                                                                            ----------
                Total                                                                                      $500,000.00*
</TABLE>

*  Estimated.

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         In  general,  Section  145  of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law
provides  that persons who are officers or  directors  of a  corporation  may be
indemnified by the corporation  for acts performed in their  capacities as such.
The Registrant's by-Laws authorize indemnification in accordance with and to the
extent permitted by said statute.

         The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-Laws  provide for
indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         Reference is also made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement filed
as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, pursuant to which the underwriter
has  agreed to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  company  and its  directors,
officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities.

         Except as hereinafter set forth, there is no charter provision, by-law,
contract,  arrangement  or statute  under  which any  director or officer of the
Company is indemnified in any manner against any liability which he may incur in
his capacity as such.

         Article SEVENTH of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  provides
as follows:

                  Directors of the corporation shall not be liable either to the
         corporation  or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
         fiduciary duties unless the breach  involves:  (1) a director's duty of
         loyalty to the corporation or its  stockholders;  (2) acts or omissions
         not in good faith or which involve intentional  misconduct or a knowing
         violation of law; (3) liability  for unlawful  payments of dividends or
         unlawful  stock  purchase or  redemption by the  corporation;  or (4) a
         transaction  from which the  director  derived  any  improper  personal
         benefit.

         Article X of the Company's By-Laws provides as follows:

                  The Corporation  shall indemnify to the full extent authorized
         by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or
         proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative,
         by reason of the fact that he, his  testator or  intestate  is or was a
         director, officer or employee or agent of

                                       52

<PAGE>
         the  Corporation  or any  predecessor  of the  Corporation or serves or
         served any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee or agent
         at  the  request  of  the   Corporation  or  any   predecessor  of  the
         Corporation.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         Except  as set  forth  below,  there  were  no  sales  of  unregistered
securities by the Registrant during the past three (3) years:

               In July  1996,  the  Registrant  issued an  aggregate  of 500,000
          shares of Common  Stock to a total of 2  private  investors,  who paid
          total gross consideration of $150,000.  These transactions were exempt
          from  registration  under the Act,  under Section 4(2) and Rule 506 of
          Regulation D of the Act as not involving a public offering. Mason Hill
          & Co., Inc. acted as Placement  Agent for these issuances and received
          an  aggregate  of $19,500  in  commissions  (10%) and  non-accountable
          expense  allowances  (3%).  The  recipients  of all  of the  foregoing
          securities  represented  that such  securities were being acquired for
          investment  and  not  with a  view  to the  distribution  thereof.  In
          addition,   restrictive   legends  were  placed  on  the  certificates
          evidencing such securities.  In November 1998, the Company repurchased
          such securities from the 2 private investors for a total consideration
          of $150,000.

               In August 1996,  the  Registrant  issued an aggregate of $950,000
          principal  amount twelve percent (12%)  promissory  notes, and 100,000
          shares of Common  Stock to a total of 14 private  investors,  who paid
          total gross  consideration  of  $1,000,000.  These  transactions  were
          exempt from  registration  under the Act,  under Section 4(2) and Rule
          506 of  Regulation  D of the Act as not  involving a public  offering.
          Mason Hill & Co., Inc.  acted as Placement  Agent for these  issuances
          and   received  an  aggregate   of  $115,000  in   commissions   (10%)
          non-accountable   expenses  (1.5%).  The  recipients  of  all  of  the
          foregoing  securities  represented  that such  securities  were  being
          acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a view  to the  distribution
          thereof.   In  addition,   restrictive  legends  were  placed  on  the
          certificates evidencing such securities. In November 1998, the Company
          repaid  the  principal   amount  of,  and  accrued  interest  on,  the
          promissory note held by two of the investors in consideration for such
          investors  agreeing  to return  their  shares  of Common  Stock to the
          Company. In addition,  the Company repaid the principal amount of, and
          accrued interest on, the promissory note held by a third investor.

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

         (a)  Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>            <C>
  1.1          Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  1.2          Form of Selected Dealers Agreement*
  2.1          Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 15, 1995, by and between
               Sherman, Goelz and Associates and the Company
  3.1          Amende and Restated Articles of Incorporation
  3.2          By-Laws
  4.1          Form of Underwriter's Warrant*
  4.2          Form of Financial Advisory and Investment Banking Agreement with the
               Underwriter*
  4.3          Form of Common Stock Certificate*
  4.4          Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant*
  4.5          Form of Promissory Note used for Private Placement
  4.6          Form of Warrant Agreement*
  5.1          Opinion of Sichenzia, Ross & Friedman LLP*
10.1           Registrant's 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.2           Employment Agreement with Bjorn Nysted
10.3           Employment Agreement with Tore Strand
10.4           Consulting Agreement with Goran Haggqvist
10.5           Agreement dated May 12, 1994 by and between Universal Commodity Trading
               Group, S.A. and the Registrant, as amended

                                       53

<PAGE>
10.6           Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 16, 1994 by and between Ovington
               Investments Ltd. and the Registrant, as amended
10.7           Agreement between Storebro Machine AB and MWD-Vertriebs GmbH
21.1           List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1           Consent of Sichenzia, Ross & Friedman LLP (to be included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.2           Consent of Ernst & Young
23.3           Consent of Komnaes & Huser ANS
23.4           Consent of Falks Advokatbyra
</TABLE>

 *  To be filed by Amendment.


               All other schedules are omitted,  as the required  information is
either inapplicable or presented in the financial statements or related notes.

Item 17.  Undertakings

               The Registrant hereby undertakes:

               (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
               made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

                         (i) To  include  any  prospectus  required  by  Section
                    10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

                         (ii) To reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or events
                    arising  after  the  effective  date  of  the   registration
                    statement  (or  the  most  recent  post-effective  amendment
                    thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,  represent
                    a  fundamental  change in the  information  set forth in the
                    registration statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any
                    increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the
                    total dollar value of  securities  offered  would not exceed
                    that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or
                    high and of the  estimated  maximum  offering  range  may be
                    reflected  in  the  form  of   prospectus   filed  with  the
                    Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
                    changes  in  volume  and  price  represent  no more  than 20
                    percent change in the maximum  aggregate  offering price set
                    forth in the "Calculation of Registration  Fee" table in the
                    effective registration statement.

                         (iii) To include any material  information with respect
                    to the plan of distribution not previously  disclosed in the
                    registration  statement  or  any  material  change  to  such
                    information in the registration statement;

                  (2) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability  under
         the Securities Act of 1933, each such posteffective  amendment shall be
         deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
         be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

                  (3) To remove from  registration by means of a  post-effective
         amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at
         the termination of the offering;

                  (4) Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under
         the  Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,
         officers  and  controlling  persons of the  registrant  pursuant to the
         foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the  registrant has been advised
         that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
         indemnification  is against  public  policy as expressed in the Act and
         is,   therefore,   unenforceable.   In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
         indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
         registrant  of  expenses  incurred  or paid by a  director,  officer or
         controlling  person of the Registrant in the successful  defense of any
         action,  suit or proceeding)  is asserted by such director,  officer or
         controlling person in

                                       54

<PAGE>
         connection with the securities being  registered,  the registrant will,
         unless in the  opinion of its  counsel  the matter has been  settled by
         controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction
         the question of whether such  indemnification  by it is against  public
         policy  as  expressed  in the Act and  will be  governed  by the  final
         adjudication of such issue.

                  (5) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to
         the  underwriters,  at  the  closing,  specified  in  the  underwriting
         agreement,  certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such
         names as required by the  underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each
         purchaser.


                                       55

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration  Statement on Form S-1 to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Oslo, Norway, on
the 12th day of November, 1998.


                                                    NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.


                                                            By: /s/ BJORN NYSTED
                                                                    Bjorn Nysted
                                                                       President

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                Signature                   Title                                                        Date

<S>                                         <C>                                                          <C> 
               BJORN NYSTED                 President and Director                                       November 12, 1998
               Bjorn Nysted

               GORAN HAGGQVIST              Chairman of the Board                                        November 12, 1998
               Goran Haggqvist

               TORE STRAND                  Chief Financial Officer,                                     November 12, 1998
               Tore Strand                  Treasurer, and Secretary
                                            (Principal Accounting and
                                            Financial Officer)

               ESPEN KOMNAES                Director                                                     November 12, 1998
               Espen Komnaes

</TABLE>


                                       56

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<S>           <C> 
 1.1          Form of Underwriting Agreement*
 1.2          Form of Selected Dealers Agreement*
 2.1          Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 15, 1995, by and between
              Sherman, Goelz and Associates and the Company
 3.1          Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
 3.2          By-Laws
 4.1          Form of Underwriter's Warrant*
 4.2          Form of Financial Advisory and Investment Banking Agreement with the
              Underwriter*
 4.3          Form of Common Stock Certificate*
 4.4          Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant*
 4.5          Form of Promissory Note used for Private Placement
 4.6          Form of Warrant Agreement*
 5.1          Opinion of Sichenzia, Ross & Friedman LLP*
10.1          Registrant's 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.2          Employment Agreement with Bjorn Nysted
10.3          Employment Agreement with Tore Strand
10.4          Consulting Agreement with Goran Haggqvist
10.5          Agreement dated May 12, 1994 by and between Universal Commodity Trading
              Group, S.A. and the Registrant, as amended
10.6          Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 16, 1994 by and between Ovington
              Investments Ltd. and the Registrant, as amended
10.7          Agreement between Storebro Machine AB and MWD-Vertriebs GmbH
21.1          List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1          Consent of Sichenzia, Ross & Friedman LLP (to be included in Exhibit 5.1)*
23.2          Consent of Ernst & Young
23.3          Consent of Komnaes & Huser ANS
23.4          Consent of Falks Advokatbyra
</TABLE>
* To be filed by amendment.

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.

         Nordic Equity  Partners  Corp.,  a  corporation  organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the  corporation  is Nordic  Equity  Partners  Corp.  The date of
filing of its original  Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State
was May 31, 1994.

2. This  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  restates and  integrates  and
further amends the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of this  corporation  by: (1)
increasing the issued and outstanding  shares from 1,900,000 shares to 2,800,000
shares; (2) reducing the authorized  capitalization  from 101,000,000 shares, of
which  100,000,000  shares  are common  stock,  par value  $.001 per share,  and
1,000,000  shares are preferred  stock, par value $.001 per share, to 25,000,000
shares,  of which 24,000,000 shares are common stock, par value $.001 per share,
and  1,000,000  shares  are  preferred  stock,  par value  $.001 per share ; (3)
Changing the  designation  of  registered  agent set forth in  paragraph  SECOND
thereof;  (4)  eliminating  paragraphs  SEVENTH,  EIGHTH and NINTH thereof,  and
inserting new paragraphs  SEVENTH,  EIGHTH,  NINTH,  TENTH and ELEVENTH into the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3. The text of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  as amended  or  supplemented
heretofore is hereby restated  without further  amendments or changes to read as
herein set forth in full:

     FIRST: The name of the corporation is Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

     SECOND:  The address of its  registered  office in the State of Delaware is
1013 Centre  Road,  City of  Wilmington,  19805,  County of New Castle;  and the
registered  agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is
Corporation Service Company.

     THIRD:  The nature of the  business  and the  objects  and  purposes  to be
transacted,  promoted  and  carried  on are to do any or all the  things  herein
mentioned,  as fully and to the same extent as natural persons might or could do
and in any part of the world,  viz: "The purpose of the corporation is to engage
in any lawful act or activity for which  corporations may be organized under the
General Corporation Law of Delaware."

     FOURTH:  The  total  number of shares  of all  classes  of Stock  which the
Corporation  shall have  authority to issue is TWENTY FIVE MILLION  (25,000,000)
shares. Of these (i) TWENTY FOUR MILLION  (24,000,000) shares shall be shares of
Common  Stock of the par  value  of  $.001  per  share;  and  (ii)  ONE  MILLION
(1,000,000)  shall be  shares of  Preferred  Stock of the par value of $.001 per
share.

     The  holders  of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock as a class,  have  equal
ratable  rights to receive  dividends  when,  as and if declared by the Board of
Directors,  out of  funds  legally  available  therefor  and are  entitled  upon
liquidation  of the  Company to share  ratably in the net assets  available  for
distribution,  are not redeemable and have no preemptive or similar rights;  and
holders of the Corporation's  Common Stock have one non-cumulative vote for each
share  held  of  record  on all  matters  to be  voted  on by the  Corporation's
stockholders.

     The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in series, and shall have such

                                        1

<PAGE>
     voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations,
preferences and relative  participating,  optional or other special rights,  and
qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof,  as shall be stated and
expressed in the  resolution or  resolutions  providing for the issuance of such
stock  adopted  from  time to time by the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  of
Directors is hereby  expressly vested with the authority to determine and fix in
the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuances of Preferred Stock the
voting powers,  designations,  preferences and rights,  and the  qualifications,
limitations or restrictions  thereof, of each such series to the full extent now
or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

     FIFTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

     SIXTH:  Whenever a  compromise  or  arrangement  is proposed  between  this
corporation  and  its  creditors  or any  class  of  them  and/or  between  this
corporation  and its  stockholders  or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction  within the State of Delaware may, on the  application in a summary
way of this  corporation  or of any  creditor  or  stockholder  hereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers  appointed for this  corporation  under
the  provisions  of  Section  291 of  Title  8 of the  Delaware  Code  or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this  corporation  under the  provisions  of  Section  279 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors,  and/or of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this  corporation,  as the case may
be, to be summoned in such  manner as the said court  directs.  If a majority in
number  representing  three  fourths  in  value  of the  creditors  or  class of
creditors,  and/or  of  the  stockholders  or  class  of  stockholders  of  this
corporation,  as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement  and to
any  reorganization  of this  corporation as  consequence of such  compromise or
arrangement,  the said  compromise or  arrangement  and the said  reorganization
shall,  if sanctioned by the court to which the said  application has been made,
be  binding  on all the  creditors  or class  of  creditors,  and/or  on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders,  of this corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this corporation.

     SEVENTH:  No director of the Corporation  shall be personally liable to the
Corporation  or any of its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for  breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a
knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)  under  Section 174 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the
Delaware  General  Corporation Law hereafter is amended to authorize the further
elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a
director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability
provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended
Delaware General  Corporation Law. Any repeal or modification of this Article by
the  stockholders  of the Corporation  shall be prospective  only, and shall not
adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the

                                        2

<PAGE>
     Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification

     EIGHTH:  In  furtherance  and not in limitation of the powers  conferred by
statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal
the ByLaws of the  Corporation.  NINTH:  Meetings  of  stockholders  may be held
within or without the State of Delaware,  as the By-Laws may provide.  The books
of the  Corporation  may be kept  (subject  to any  provision  contained  in the
statutes)  outside  the  State of  Delaware  at such  place or  places as may be
designated  from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the
Corporation.  Elections of directors  need not be by written  ballot  unless the
By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide. TENTH: The Corporation reserves the
right to  amend,  alter,  change  or  repeal  any  provision  contained  in this
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  in the manner now or  hereafter  prescribed  by
statute,  and all rights  conferred  upon  stockholders,  directors or any other
person herein are granted subject to this reservation. ELEVENTH: The Corporation
elects not to be  governed by Section 203 of the  Delaware  General  Corporation
Law.



                                        3

<PAGE>
     4. This Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  was duly adopted by written
consent of the  stockholders  in accordance  with the  applicable  provisions of
Sections  228,  242 and  245 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State  of
Delaware and written  notice of the  adoption of this  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  has  been  given  as  provided  by  Section  228 of  the  General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to every  stockholder  entitled to such
notice.

     5.  This  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  shall be  effective  on
November 1, 1998.



                                       4

<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  said Nordic Equity Partners Corp. has caused this
Certificate  to be signed by Bjorn Nysted its  President,  and Tore Strand,  its
Secretary, this 1st day of November, 1998.

Nordic Equity Partners Corp.


By: /s/Bjorn Nysted
Bjorn Nysted, President
Attest:


/s/Tore Strand
Tore Strand, Secretary

                                       5



EXHIBIT 3.2

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                          NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.
                                   (Delaware)

                               ARTICLE I - OFFICES

The office of the Corporation shall be located in the City and State designated
in the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation may also maintain offices at
such other places  within or without the United States as the Board of Directors
may, from time to time, determine.

                      ARTICLE II - MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 - Annual Meetings:

The annual meeting of the  stockholders of the Corporation  shall be held within
five  months  after the close of the  fiscal  year of the  Corporation,  for the
purpose of  electing  directors,  and  transacting  such other  business  as may
properly come before the meeting.

Section 2 - Special Meetings:

Special  meetings of the  stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of
Directors  or by the  President,  and shall be called  by the  President  or the
Secretary  at  the  request  in  writing  of a  majority  of  the  directors  or
stockholders  entitled to vote or as otherwise  required by the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "Corporation Law").

Section 3 - Place of Meetings:

All  meetings  of  stockholders  shall be held at the  principal  office  of the
Corporation,  or at such other places as shall be  designated  in the notices or
waivers of notice of such meetings.

Section 4 - Notice of Meetings:

(a) Except as otherwise  provided by statute,  written notice of each meeting of
stockholders,  whether annual or special,  stating the time when and place where
it is to be held,  shall be served either  personally or by mail,  not less than
ten or more than fifty days before the meeting,  upon each stockholder of record
entitled  to  vote at such  meeting,  and to any  other  stockholder  of  record
entitled  to vote at such  meeting,  and to any  other  stockholder  to whom the
giving of notice may be required by law.  Notice of a special meeting shall also
state the  purpose  or  purposes  for which the  meeting  is  called,  and shall
indicate  that it is being  issued  by, or at the  direction  of,  the person or
persons calling the meeting. If, at any meeting,  action is proposed to be taken
that would, if taken, entitle stockholders to receive payment for their


<PAGE>   
shares pursuant to statute, the notice of such meeting shall include a statement
of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed,  such notice shall be directed to
each such  stockholder  at his  address,  as it  appears  on the  records of the
stockholders of the Corporation,  unless he shall have previously filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices  intended for him be
mailed to some other  address,  in which case, it shall be mailed to the address
designated in such request.

(b)  Notice of any  meeting  need not be given to any  person  who may  become a
stockholder of record after the mailing of such notice and prior to the meeting,
or to any stockholder who attends such meeting, in person or by proxy, or to any
stockholder who, in person or by proxy, submits a signed waiver of notice either
before or after such meeting.  Notice of any adjourned  meeting of  stockholders
need not be given, unless otherwise required by statute.

Section 5 - Quorum:

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, or by statute, or in the Certificate of
Incorporation  (such  Certificate and any amendments  thereof being  hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Certificate of Incorporation"), at all meetings
of stockholders  of the  Corporation,  the presence at the  commencement of such
meetings in person or by proxy of  stockholders  holding of record a majority of
the total number of shares of the  Corporation  then issued and  outstanding and
entitled to vote,  shall be necessary and  sufficient to constitute a quorum for
the  transaction of any business.  The withdrawal of any  stockholder  after the
commencement  of a meeting  shall have no effect on the  existence  of a quorum,
after a quorum has been established at such meeting.

(b) In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority in interest
of the  stockholders  entitled to vote  thereat,  present in person or by proxy,
shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time,  without notice other
than announcement at the meeting,  until the requisite number of shares entitled
to vote shall be present.  At any such adjourned  meeting at which the requisite
number of shares  entitled to vote shall be  represented,  any  business  may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
noticed;  but  only  those  stockholders  entitled  to  vote at the  meeting  as
originally  noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments
thereof.

Section 6 - Voting:

(a) Except as otherwise  provided herein, or by statute or by the Certificate of
Incorporation,  any corporate  action,  to be taken by vote of the stockholders,
shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast at a meeting of  stockholders by
the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.


                                        2

<PAGE>   
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, or by the statute or by the Certificate
of  Incorporation  or by any  Certificate  of  Designations,  at each meeting of
stockholders, each holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
thereat, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock registered in his
name on the books of the Corporation.

(c) Each stockholder entitled to vote or to express consent or dissent without a
meeting, may do so by proxy; provided,  however, that the instrument authorizing
such  proxy to act shall  have  been  executed  in  writing  by the  stockholder
himself,  or by his  attorney-in-fact  thereunto duly authorized in writing.  No
proxy shall be valid after the  expiration of eleven months from the date of its
execution,  unless the person  executing  it shall have  specified  therein  the
length of time it is to continue in force. Such instrument shall be exhibited to
the Secretary at the meeting and shall be filed with the records of the
Corporation.

Section 7 - Action Without Meeting:

Except as otherwise  provided by the Certificate of Incorporation,  whenever the
vote of  stockholders  at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken
in connection with any corporate action by any provisions of the Corporation Law
or the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, the meeting and vote of
shareholders  may be dispensed  with,  if the majority of the  stockholders  who
would  have been  entitled  to vote upon the action if such  meeting  were held,
shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken.

                        ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 - Number, Election and Term of Office:

(a) The number of the  directors of the  Corporation  shall be as  determined by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

(b)  Except  as  may  otherwise  be  provided  herein,  in  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or in the Corporation  Law, the members of the Board of Directors
of the Corporation, who need not be stockholders, shall be elected by a majority
of the votes  cast at a meeting  of  stockholders,  by the  holders  of  shares,
present in person or by proxy, entitled to vote in the election.

(c) Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of the stockholders
next succeeding his election,  and until his successor is elected and qualified,
or until his prior death, resignation or removal.





                                        3

<PAGE>   
Section 2 - Duties and Powers:

The Board of Directors  shall be  responsible  for the control and management of
the affairs,  property and  interests of the  Corporation,  and may exercise all
powers of the Corporation,  except as are in the Certificate of Incorporation or
by statute expressly conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders.

Section 3 - Annual and Regular Meetings; Notice:

(a) A regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately
following the annual  meeting of the  stockholders,  at the place of such annual
meeting of stockholders.

(b) The Board of Directors, from time to time, may provide by resolution for the
holding of other  regular  meetings of the Board of  Directors,  and may fix the
time and place thereof.

(c)  Notice  of any  regular  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  shall not be
required to be given and, if given, need not specify the purpose of the meeting;
provided,  however,  that in case the Board of Directors shall fix or change the
time or place of any regular  meeting,  notice of such action  shall be given to
each  director  who shall not have been  present  at the  meeting  at which such
action  was  taken  within  the time  limited,  and in the  manner  set forth in
paragraph (b) Section 4 of this Article III,  with respect to special  meetings,
unless such notice shall be waived in the manner set forth in  paragraph  (c) of
such Section 4.

Section 4 - Special Meetings; Notice:

(a) Special  meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by
the President or by a majority of the  directors,  at such time and place as may
be specified in respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

(b) Except as otherwise required by statute,  notice of special meeting shall be
mailed  directly to each  director,  addressed to him at his  residence or usual
place of business,  at least two (2) days before the day on which the meeting is
to be  held,  or  shall  be  sent  to him at  such  place  by  telegram,  radio,
telecopier,  facsimile  transmission  or  cable,  or shall be  delivered  to him
personally  or given to him  orally,  not later  than the day  before the day on
which the  meeting  is to be held.  A notice,  or  waiver of  notice,  except as
required by Section 8 of this Article  III,  need not specify the purpose of the
meeting.

(c)  Notice of any  special  meeting  shall not be  required  to be given to any
director who shall attend such meeting  without  protesting  prior thereto or at
its  commencement,  the lack of notice to him, or who submits a signed waiver of
notice, whether before or


                                        4

<PAGE>   
after the meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall not be required to be
given.

Section 5 - Telecommunication Meetings Permitted:

Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may
participate  in a meeting  of such  Board or  committee  by means of  conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting
pursuant to this By-Law shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 6 - Chairman:

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any and
if present, shall preside. If there shall be no Chairman, or he shall be absent,
then the President shall preside,  and in his absence,  a Chairman chosen by the
directors shall preside.

Section 7 - Quorum and Adjournments:

(a) At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the
entire Board shall be necessary  and  sufficient  to constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate
of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws.

(b) A majority of the directors  present at the time and place of any regular or
special meeting,  although less than a quorum, may adjourn the same from time to
time without notice, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8 - Manner of Acting:

(a) At all meetings of the Board of Directors,  each director present shall have
one vote,  irrespective  of the number of shares of stock,  if any, which he may
hold.

(b)  Except  as  otherwise   provided  by  statute,   by  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation,  or by these  By-Laws,  the action of a majority of the directors
present  at any  meeting  at which a quorum is  present  shall be the act of the
Board of Directors.  Any action authorized,  in writing, by all of the directors
entitled to vote thereon and filed with the minutes of the Corporation  shall be
the act of the Board of Directors  with the same force and effect as if the same
had been passed by unanimous vote at a duly called meeting of the Board.





                                        5

<PAGE>   
Section 9 - Vacancies:

Any vacancy in the Board of Directors  occurring by reason of an increase in the
number of directors, or by reason of the death,  resignation,  disqualification,
removal  (unless  a  vacancy  created  by  the  removal  of a  director  by  the
stockholders  shall be filled by the  stockholders  at the  meeting at which the
removal was effected) or inability to act of any director,  or otherwise,  shall
be  filled  for the  unexpired  portion  of the term by a  majority  vote of the
remaining  directors,  though  less than a quorum,  at any  regular  meeting  or
special meeting of the Board of Directors called for that purpose.

Section 10 - Resignation:

Any  director  may resign at any time by giving  written  notice to the Board of
Directors,  the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Unless otherwise
specified  in such  written  notice,  such  resignation  shall take  effect upon
receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or such officer, and the acceptance of
such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 11 - Removal:

Any director may be removed with or without cause at any time by the affirmative
vote of  stockholders  holding of record in the aggregate at least a majority of
the  outstanding  shares  of  the  Corporation  at  a  special  meeting  of  the
stockholders called for that purpose,  and may be removed for cause by action of
the Board.

Section 12 - Salary:

No stated salary shall be paid to directors, as such, for their services, but by
resolution of the Board of Directors a fixed sum and expenses of attendance,  if
any, may be allowed for  attendance  at each  regular or special  meeting of the
Board;  provided,  however,  that nothing herein contained shall be construed to
preclude any director  from serving the  Corporation  in any other  capacity and
receiving compensation therefor.

Section 13 - Contracts:

(a) No contract or other  transaction  between  this  Corporation  and any other
Corporation shall be impaired,  affected or invalidated,  nor shall any director
be liable in any way by reason of the fact that any one or more of the directors
of this Corporation is or are interested in, or is a director or officer, or are
directors or officers of such other  corporation,  provided  that such facts are
disclosed or made known to the Board of Directors.

(b) Any  director,  personally  and  individually,  may be a party  to or may be
interested in any contract or transaction of this Corpora-

                                        6

<PAGE>   
tion,  and no  director  shall be liable in any way by reason of such  interest,
provided  that the fact of such interest be disclosed or made known to the Board
of Directors, and provided that the Board of Directors shall authorize,  approve
or ratify such contract or transaction by the vote (not counting the vote of any
such  interested  director)  of a  majority  of a  quorum,  notwithstanding  the
presence of any such  director at the meeting at which such action is taken.  If
there  be no  disinterested  director,  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  may
authorize,  approve or ratify  such  contract  or  transaction  by the vote of a
majority of a quorum.  Such director or directors may be counted in  determining
the presence of a quorum at such meeting. This Section shall not be construed to
impair or  invalidate  or in any way affect any  contract  or other  transaction
which would  otherwise be valid under the law (common,  statutory or  otherwise)
applicable thereto.

Section 14 - Committees:

The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board,
may from time to time  designate  from among its members an executive  committee
and such other  committees,  and  alternate  members  thereof,  as they may deem
desirable,  each  consisting  of three or more  members,  with such  powers  and
authority  (to  the  extent  permitted  by  law)  as may  be  provided  in  such
resolution. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

                              ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

Section 1 - Number, Qualifications, Election and Term of Office:

(a) The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a
Treasurer,  and such  officers,  including a Chairman of the Board of Directors,
and one or more Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time
deem advisable. Any officer may be, but is not required to be, a director of the
Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

(b) The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors.

(c) Each  officer  shall hold  office  until the annual  meeting of the Board of
Directors next succeeding his election,  and until his successor shall have been
elected and qualified, or until his death, resignation or removal.

Section 2 - Resignation:

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such  resignation
to  the  Board  of  Directors,  or to the  President  or  the  Secretary  of the
Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation
shall take effect upon receipt

                                        7

<PAGE>   
thereof by the Board of Directors or by such officer, and the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3 - Removal:

Any  officer  may be  removed,  either  with or without  cause,  and a successor
elected by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at any time.

Section 4 - Vacancies:

A vacancy  in any  office by reason  of death,  resignation,  inability  to act,
disqualification,  or any  other  cause,  may at any  time  be  filled  for  the
unexpired portion of the term by a majority vote of the Board of Directors.

Section 5 - Duties of Officers:

Officers of the Corporation  shall,  unless  otherwise  provided by the Board of
Directors,  each have such  powers  and  duties as  generally  pertain  to their
respective  offices  as well as such  powers  and  duties as may be set forth in
these By-Laws, or may from time to time be specifically  conferred or imposed by
the Board of Directors.  The President shall be the chief  executive  officer of
the  Corporation.  The  Treasurer  shall be the chief  financial  officer of the
Corporation.

Section 6 - Sureties and Bonds:

In case the Board of Directors shall so require, any officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation shall execute to the Corporation a bond in such sum, and with
such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may direct,  conditioned  upon
the  faithful   performance  of  his  duties  to  the   Corporation,   including
responsibility for negligence and for the accounting for all property,  funds or
securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands.

Section 7 - Shares of Other Corporations:

Whenever the Corporation is the holder of shares of any other  Corporation,  any
rights  or  power  of  the  Corporation  as  such  stockholder   (including  the
attendance,  acting  and  voting at  stockholders'  meetings  and  execution  of
waivers,  consents,  proxies or other instruments) may be exercised on behalf of
the Corporation by the President,  any Vice  President,  or such other person as
the Board of Directors may authorize.





                                        8

<PAGE>   
                           ARTICLE V - SHARES OF STOCK

Section 1 - Certificate of Stock:

(a) The  certificates  representing  shares of the Corporation  shall be in such
form as shall be adopted by the Board of  Directors,  and shall be numbered  and
registered in the order issued. They shall bear the holder's name and the number
of shares, and shall be signed by (i) the Chairman of the Board or the President
or a Vice  President,  and (ii) the  Secretary or  Treasurer,  or any  Assistant
Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal.

(b) No certificate  representing shares shall be issued until the full amount of
consideration therefor has been paid, except as otherwise permitted by law.

(c) To the extent  permitted by law, the Board of Directors  may  authorize  the
issuance of certificates for fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder
to exercise  voting  rights,  receive  dividends and  participate in liquidating
distributions, in proportion to the fractional holdings; or it may authorize the
payment  in cash of the fair value of  fractions  of a share as of the time when
those entitled to receive such fractions are determined; or it may authorize the
issuance,  subject to such  conditions  as may be  permitted by law, of scrip in
registered  or bearer  form over the  signature  of an  officer  or agent of the
Corporation,  exchangeable as therein  provided for full shares,  but such scrip
shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a  stockholder,  except as therein
provided.

Section 2 - Lost or Destroyed Certificates:

The  holder of any  certificate  representing  shares of the  Corporation  shall
immediately notify the Corporation of any loss or destruction of the certificate
representing the same. The Corporation may issue a new certificate in the place
of any  certificate  theretofore  issued  by it,  alleged  to have  been lost or
destroyed. On production of such evidence of loss or destruction as the Board of
Directors  in its  discretion  may require,  the Board of Directors  may, in its
discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal
representatives,  to give the  Corporation  a bond in such sum as the  Board may
direct, and with such surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the Board, to
indemnify the Corporation against any claims,  loss,  liability or damage it may
suffer on account of the issuance of the new certificate.  A new certificate may
be issued  without  requiring any such evidence or bond when, in the judgment of
the Board of Directors, it is proper to do so.




                                        9

<PAGE>   
Section 3 - Transfers of Shares:

(a) Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made on the share records of
the Corporation  only by the holder of record thereof,  in person or by his duly
authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender for  cancellation  of the  certificate or
certificates  representing such shares,  with an assignment or power of transfer
endorsed thereon or delivered therewith,  duly executed,  with such proof of the
authenticity  of the  signature  and of  authority to transfer and of payment of
transfer taxes as the Corporation or its agents may require.

(b) The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share
or shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and, accordingly, shall
not be bound to  recognize  any legal,  equitable or other claim to, or interest
in,  such  share or shares on the part of any other  person,  whether  or not it
shall have  express  or other  notice  thereof,  except as  otherwise  expressly
provided by law.

Section 4 - Record Date:

In lieu of closing the share records of the Corporation,  the Board of Directors
may fix, in advance, a date not exceeding fifty days, nor less than ten days, as
the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive notice
of, or to vote at, any meeting of  stockholders,  or to consent to any  proposal
without a meeting,  or for the purpose of determining  stockholders  entitled to
receive payment of any dividends, or allotment of any rights, or for the purpose
of any  other  action.  If no  record  date is fixed,  the  record  date for the
determination  of stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which  notice  is given,  or,  if no  notice  is given,  the day on which the
meeting is held;  the record  date for  determining  stockholders  for any other
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the  resolution of
the directors relating thereto is adopted.  When a determination of stockholders
of record  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of  stockholders  has
been  made as  provided  for  herein,  such  determination  shall  apply  to any
adjournment  thereof,  unless  the  directors  fix a new  record  date  for  the
adjourned meeting.


                             ARTICLE VI - DIVIDENDS

Subject to applicable  law,  dividends may be declared and paid out of any funds
available therefor,  as often, in such amounts, and at such time or times as the
Board of Directors may determine.




                                       10

<PAGE>   
                            ARTICLE VII - FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from
time to time, subject to applicable law.

                          ARTICLE VIII - CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form as shall be approved from time
to time by the Board of Directors.

                             ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

Section 1 - By Stockholders:

All By-Laws of the Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal, and new
By-Laws may be made, by the affirmative  vote of stockholders  holding of record
in the aggregate at least a majority of the outstanding  shares entitled to vote
in the election of directors at any annual or special  meeting of  stockholders,
provided  that the  notice  or  waiver of  notice  of such  meeting  shall  have
summarized or set forth in full therein, the proposed amendment.

Section 2 - By Directors:

The Board of Directors shall have power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal,
from time to time,  By-Laws  of the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that the
stockholders  entitled  to vote  with  respect  thereto  as in this  Article  IX
above-provided  may  alter,  amend  or  repeal  By-Laws  made  by the  Board  of
Directors,  except that the Board of Directors shall have no power to change the
quorum for meetings of stockholders  or of the Board of Directors,  or to change
any  provisions  of the By-Laws  with respect to the removal of directors or the
filing of vacancies in the Board resulting from the removal by the stockholders.
If any By-Law regulating an impending election of directors is adopted,  amended
or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be set forth in the notice of
the next meeting of  stockholders  for the election of directors,  the By-Law so
adopted,  amended or repealed,  together with a concise statement of the changes
made.

                              ARTICLE X - INDEMNITY

The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized by law any person
made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal,  administrative or  investigative,  by reason of the fact that he, his
testator or intestate is or was a director,  officer or employee or agent of the
Corporation or any  predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served any other
enterprise  as a  director,  officer or  employee or agent at the request of the
Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation.


                                       11

<PAGE>   
                       ARTICLE XI - CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Any  conflicts  of  interest  that may arise  between  the  Corporation  and the
interests of its officers and directors  will be resolved in a fair manner which
will  protect the  interest  of the  Corporation  pursuant  to Delaware  law. No
contract or other  transaction  between the Corporation and any of its directors
or any  other  entity in which one or more of the  Corporation's  directors  are
directors or officers,  or are  financially  or  otherwise  interested,  will be
invalidated because of such relationship if (i) the fact of such relationship or
interest is disclosed  or known to the Board of  Directors  or  committee  which
authorizes,  approves  or ratifies  the  contract  or  transaction  by a vote or
consent sufficient for the purpose without counting the votes or consents of the
interested director, (ii) the fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed
or known to the stockholders  entitled to vote and the  stockholders  authorize,
approve  or  ratify  the  contract  or  transaction;  or (iii) the  contract  or
transaction is fair and reasonable to the Corporation.

                                       12


EXHIBIT 4.5

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE  "1933  ACT")  AND THE  SECURITIES  LAWS OF ANY  STATE.  THE  NOTE HAS BEEN
ACQUIRED FOR  INVESTMENT  PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO  DISTRIBUTION  OR
RESALE,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  ASSIGNED,  MADE  SUBJECT TO A SECURITY  INTEREST,
PLEDGED,  HYPOTHECATED,  TRANSFERRED  OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF UNLESS AND UNTIL
REGISTERED  UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY TO NORDIC
EQUITY  PARTNERS CORP. IS RECEIVED THAT  REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH
1933 ACT OR SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


                          NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.
                         10% REDEEMABLE PROMISSORY NOTE


NEPC - Note 1                                                            $95,000


         NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP., a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),
for   value    received,    hereby   promises   to   pay   to   the   order   of
_______________________________________         (the        "Payee"),         at
__________________________________,  on the earlier of (i) eighteen  (18) months
from the date hereof,  and (ii) at the closing of the Company's  initial  public
offering (the "Public Offering"),  of its securities resulting in the receipt by
the Company of gross  proceeds of no less than  $5,805,000,  as set forth in the
Letter of Intent (the  "Letter of  Intent")  dated April 30, 1996 by and between
the Company and Mason Hill & Co.,  Inc.  ("Mason  Hill"),  the  principal sum of
NINETY FIVE THOUSAND  ($95,000)  DOLLARS (or such lesser principal amount as may
then be outstanding), together with all accrued unpaid interest (computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day  months) on the unpaid  balance at the
rate of 10% per annum from the date hereof; provided, however, that,


<PAGE>   
notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  provided herein or elsewhere,  in the
event the Company does not  consummate  the Public  Offering by January 30, 1997
(the "January 30, 1997 Redemption  Date"),  the Company shall have the right, in
its sole discretion,  at any time or from time to time on or after such date, to
redeem this Note  (together  with 10,000  shares of Common  Stock of the Company
being purchased  simultaneously  by the Payee in a private  offering on the date
hereof) at an  aggregate  redemption  price equal to the  principal  amount then
remaining  outstanding on this Note. The January 30, 1997 Redemption Date may be
extended for up to an  additional  three (3) months (to April 30, 1997) upon the
mutual  written  consent of the Company and the Payee  provided  the Company and
Mason Hill have proceeded in good faith towards the  consummation  of the Public
Offering, at which time the redemption right shall be reinstated  automatically.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the principal amount of the Note may be prepaid
by the Company,  in whole or in part,  without premium or penalty,  at any time.
Upon any  prepayment  of this  Note,  all  accrued  but unpaid  interest  on the
principal  amount  being  prepaid  shall  be paid to the  holder  on the date of
prepayment.  All payments  hereunder  shall be applied first to interest then to
principal.

         This Note is one of a series of Notes  included in units (the  "Units")
of the  Company's  securities  being  offered by the Company  through Mason Hill
acting as placement agent in a private placement (the "Offering")  pursuant to a
Confidential  Private  Placement  Memorandum  dated  July 17,  1996.  Each  Unit
consists of (i) a $95,000  Note,  and (ii) 10,000  shares of Common Stock of the
Company,  and is being  offered at a purchase  price of $100,000  per Unit.  The
Offering is on a "best  efforts five (5) Unit minimum  ($500,000)-ten  (10) Unit
($1,000,000) maximum" basis.

         If the Company  shall fail to make a payment of  principal  or interest
when due and such  non-payment  shall  continue for a period of thirty (30) days
after notice by no more than 51% of the Noteholders to the Company; or shall
make an assignment for the benefit of creditors,  file a petition in bankruptcy,
be  adjudicated  insolvent  or  bankrupt,  suffer an order for relief  under any
federal bankruptcy law, petition or apply to any tribunal for the appointment of
a custodian,  receiver or any trustee for the Company or any substantial part of
its  assets,   or  shall   commence  any   proceeding   under  any   bankruptcy,
reorganization,  arrangement,  readjustment of debt,  dissolution or liquidation
law or statute of any  jurisdiction,  whether now or hereafter in effect;  or if
there  shall  have been  filed any such  petition  or  application,  or any such
proceeding  shall  have  been  commenced  against  the  Company,  which  remains
undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days or more; or if the Company,  by any
act or omission shall indicate  consent to,  approval of or  acquiescence in any
such  petition,  application or proceeding or the  appointment  of, a custodian,
receiver or any trustee for all or any substantial part of its properties, or if

                                        2

<PAGE>   
the Company shall suffer such  custodianship,  receivership,  or  trusteeship to
continue  undischarged  for a period of thirty (30) days or more, or the Company
violates  any term or  provision  of this Note and same  remains  uncured  for a
period of 30 days after written notice thereof by any holder of this Note,  then
and in any such event (each such event, an "Event of Default"),  the outstanding
principal  amount of this Note,  together  with all accrued and unpaid  interest
thereon, shall be and become immediately due and payable.

         All payments  hereunder  (including,  without  limitation,  payments of
principal  and  interest)  are and shall be expressly  subordinated  in right of
payment  to all  current  and future  indebtedness  of the  Company,  and to all
extensions, amendments, deferrals, refinancings or renewals thereof.


                                        3

<PAGE>   
         Payments of principal,  premium, if any, and interest are to be made in
lawful  money of the United  States of America  at the  principal  office of the
Company.

         1.       RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

                  The  holder  acknowledges  that  he has  been  advised  by the
Company that this Note has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  that the Note is being issued, on the basis
of the  statutory  exemption  provided  by Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act
relating to  transactions  by an issuer not involving any public  offering,  and
that the Company's reliance upon this statutory  exemption is based in part upon
the representations made by the holder in the holder's  Subscription  Agreement.
The holder  acknowledges  that he has been  informed  by the  Company  of, or is
otherwise familiar with, the nature of the limitations imposed by the Securities
Act and the rules and regulations  thereunder on the transfer of securities.  In
particular,  the  holder  agrees  that no  sale,  assignment,  hypothecation  or
transfer of the Note shall be valid or  effective,  and the Company shall not be
required to give any effect to any such sale, assignment, hypothecation,
transfer or other disposition,  unless (i) the sale, assignment,  hypothecation,
transfer or other  disposition  of the Note is registered  under the  Securities
Act,  provided,  that the Company has no  obligation or intention to so register
the  Note  in  connection  herewith,   or  (ii)  the  Note  is  sold,  assigned,
hypothecated,  transferred or otherwise  disposed of in accordance  with all the
requirements and limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or such sale,
assignment,  or  transfer  is  otherwise  exempt  from  registration  under  the
Securities Act.

         2.       COVENANTS OF COMPANY.

                  a. The Company covenants and agrees that, so long as this Note
shall be outstanding, it will:

                           (i) Promptly pay and discharge all lawful taxes,
assessments and governmental  charges or levies imposed upon the Company or upon
its  income  and  profits,  or upon any of its  property,  before the same shall
become in  default,  as well as all  lawful  claims  for  labor,  materials  and
supplies which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such properties or
any part  thereof,  except where the failure to so pay would not have a material
effect on the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required
to pay and discharge any such tax, assessment,  charge, levy or claim so long as
the  validity   thereof  shall  be  contested  in  good  faith  by   appropriate
proceedings, and the Company shall set aside on its books adequate reserves with
respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so contested.


                                        4

<PAGE>   
                           (ii) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate  existence,  rights and
franchises  and comply with all material  laws  applicable to the Company as its
counsel may advise;

                           (iii) At all times keep true and correct books,
records and accounts.

         3.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                  3.l. All the  covenants and  agreements  made by the holder of
this Note and the  Company in this Note shall bind their  respective  successors
and assigns.

                  3.2.  No  recourse  shall  be  had  for  the  payment  of  the
principal,  interest  or  premium,  if any,  on this Note or for any claim based
hereon or otherwise in any manner in respect hereof,  against any  incorporator,
stockholder,  officer or director, past, present or future, of the Company or of
any predecessor  corporation,  whether by virtue of any constitutional provision
or statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or
in any other manner,  all such liability being expressly  waived and released by
the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof.

                  3.3.  No course of dealing  between the Company and the holder
hereof shall operate as a waiver of any right of any holder hereof, and no delay
on the part of the holder in exercising  any right  hereunder  shall so operate.
Any such  waiver  must be in writing  and  signed by the  holder  hereof and the
Company.

                  3.4.  This Note may be  amended  only by a written  instrument
executed by the Company and the holder hereof.

                  3.5.  All  communications  provided  for herein shall be sent,
except as may be otherwise  specifically  provided,  by  registered or certified
mail:  if to the holder of this Note,  to the address  shown on the books of the
Company;  and if to the Company,  to: Nordic  Equity  Partners  Corp.,  120 Wall
Street, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention:  Kjell Sjostrand, or to
such other address as the Company may advise the holder of this Note in writing.
Notices shall be deemed given three days after it is mailed.

                  3.6.  The  provisions  of this Note shall in all  respects  be
construed  according to, and the rights and  liabilities  of the parties  hereto
shall in all  respects be governed  by, the laws of the State of New York.  This
Note shall be deemed a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and
the  validity  of this Note and all rights and  liabilities  hereunder  shall be
determined under the laws of said State.

                                        5

<PAGE>   
                  3.7.  The  headings of the  Sections of this Note are inserted
for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Note.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP. has caused
this Note to be executed in its corporate name by an appropriate
officer of the Company.



Dated: July ____, 1996


                                            NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.



                                            By:_______________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Position:

                                        6



                          NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.

                             1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.       Purposes

This 1998 Stock  Option Plan (the  "Plan") is intended to attract and retain the
best available  personnel for positions with Nordic Equity Partners Corp. or any
of its subsidiary  corporations  (collectively,  the "Company"),  and to provide
additional incentive to such employees and others to exert their maximum efforts
toward the success of the Company.  The above aims will be  effectuated  through
the granting of certain stock  options.  Under the Plan,  options may be granted
which are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options  ("ISOs") under Section
422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986  (the  "Code")  or  which  are not
("Non-ISOs") intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options thereunder. The term
"subsidiary  corporation" shall, for the purposes of the Plan, be defined in the
same  manner as such term is  defined  in  Section  424(f) of the Code and shall
include a subsidiary of any subsidiary.

2. Administration of the Plan.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"Board of  Directors"),  as the Board of Directors  may be composed from time to
time,  except  as  provided  in  subparagraph  (b)  of  this  Paragraph  2.  The
determinations  of the Board of  Directors  under the  Plan,  including  without
limitation  as to  the  matters  referred  to in  this  Paragraph  2,  shall  be
conclusive.  Any  determination  by a  majority  of the  members of the Board of
Directors at any meeting,  or by written consent in lieu of a meeting,  shall be
deemed to have been made by the whole Board of  Directors.  Within the limits of
the  express  provisions  of the Plan,  the Board of  Directors  shall  have the
authority, in its discretion, to take the following actions under the Plan:

     (i) to determine the  individuals  to whom, and the time or times at which,
ISOs to purchase the Company's shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
("Common  Shares"),  shall be  granted,  and the  number of Common  Shares to be
subject to each ISO,

     (ii) to determine the  individuals to whom, and the time or times at which,
Non-ISOs  to purchase  the Common  Shares,  shall be granted,  and the number of
Common Shares to be subject to each Non-ISO,

     (iii) to determine the terms and provisions of the respective  stock option
agreements granting ISOs and Non-ISOs (which need not be identical),

     (iv) to interpret the Plan,

     (v) to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and regulations  relating to the
Plan, and


<PAGE>
     (vi) to make all other  determinations and take all other actions necessary
or advisable for the administration of the Plan. In making such  determinations,
the Board of Directors may take into account the nature of the services rendered
by such individuals,  their present and potential contributions to the Company's
success and such other  factors as the Board of  Directors,  in its  discretion,
shall deem  relevant.  An individual to whom an option has bee granted under the
Plan is referred to herein as an "Optionee."

     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board of
Directors  may at any time,  or from  time to time,  appoint  a  committee  (the
"Committee") of at least two members of the Board of Directors,  and delegate to
the Committee  the  authority of the Board of Directors to administer  the Plan.
Upon such  appointment and delegation,  the Committee shall have all the powers,
privileges and duties of the Board of Directors,  and shall be  substituted  for
the Board of Directors, in the administration of the Plan, except that the power
to appoint  members of the Committee and to terminate,  modify or amend the Plan
shall be retained by the Board of Directors. In the event that any member of the
Board of Directors is at any time not a  "disinterested  person",  as defined in
Rule 16b-3(c)(3)(i) promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the Plan shall not be  administered  by the Board of Directors,  and may only by
administered by a Committee, all the members of which are disinterested persons,
as so defined.  The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint  members of
the  Committee  in  substitution  for  or  in  addition  to  members  previously
appointed,  may fill vacancies in the Committee and may discharge the Committee.
A majority of the  Committee  shall  constitute a quorum and all  determinations
shall be made by a majority of its members. Any determination reduced to writing
and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had
been made by a majority  vote at a meeting duly called and held.  Members of the
Committee shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan.

3.       Shares Subject to the Plan.

The total  number of Common  Shares  which shall be subject to ISOs and Non-ISOs
granted  under  the  Plan  (collectively,  "Options")  shall be  250,000  in the
aggregate,  subject to  adjustment as provided in Paragraph 8. The Company shall
at all times while the Plan is in force  reserve such number of Common Shares as
will be sufficient  to satisfy the  requirements  of  outstanding  Options.  The
Common Shares to be issued upon exercise of Options shall in whole or in part be
authorized and unissued or reacquired Common Shares. The unexercised  portion of
any expired,  terminated  or canceled  Option  shall again be available  for the
grant of Options under the Plan.

4.       Eligibility.

(a) Subject to  subparagraphs  (b) and (c) of this  Paragraph  4, Options may be
granted to key employees, officers or directors of the Company, as determined by
the Board of Directors.

(b) An ISO may be granted,  consistent  with the other terms of the Plan,  to an
individual


<PAGE>
who owns (within the meaning of Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code), more
that ten  (10%)  percent  of the  total  combined  voting  power or value of all
classes of stock of the Company or a subsidiary  corporation (any such person, a
"Principal  Stockholder") only if, at the time such ISO is granted, the purchase
price of the  Common  Shares  subject  to the ISO is an amount  which  equals or
exceeds one hundred ten percent  (110%) of the fair market  value of such Common
Shares,  and such ISO by its terms is not  exercisable  more than five (5) years
after it is granted.

(c) A director  or an officer of the  Company who is not also an employee of the
Company  shall be  eligible  to receive  Non-ISOs  but shall not be  eligible to
receive ISOs.

(d) Nothing  contained  in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right to the
Board of Directors to grant an ISO and Non-ISO concurrently under a single stock
option agreement so long as each Option is clearly  identified as to its status.
Furthermore,  if an Option has been granted under the Plan,  additional  Options
may be granted  from time to time to the  Optionee  holding  such  Options,  and
Options may be granted from time to time to one or more  employees,  officers or
directors who have not previously been granted Options.

(e) To the  extent  that the grant of an Option  results in the  aggregate  fair
market value  (determined  at the time of grant) of the Common  Shares (or other
capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary)  with respect to which Incentive
Stock  Options  are  exercisable  for the first time by an  Optionee  during any
calendar  year (under all plans of the Company and  subsidiary  corporation)  to
exceed $100,000,  such Options shall be treated as a Non-ISO.  The provisions of
this  subparagraph  (e) of  Paragraph  4  shall  be  construed  and  applied  in
accordance  with  Section  422(d)  of the  Code  and  the  regulations,  if any,
promulgated thereunder.

5.       Terms of Options.

The term of each Option  granted  under the Plan shall be  contained  in a stock
option  agreement  between the  Optionee and the Company and such terms shall be
determined by the Board of Directors consistent with the provisions of the Plan,
including the following:

(a) The  purchase  price of the Common  Shares  subject to each ISO shall not be
less  than the fair  market  value  (or in the case of the  grant of an ISO to a
Principal  Stockholder,  not less that 110% of fair market value) of such Common
Shares at the time such  Option is  granted.  Such fair  market  value  shall be
determined  by the Board of Directors  and, if the Common Shares are listed on a
national securities exchange or traded on the over-the-counter  market, the fair
market  value shall be the mean of the highest and lowest  trading  prices or of
the high bid and low asked prices of the Common Shares on such  exchange,  or on
the  over-the-counter  market as reported by the NASDAQ  system or the  National
Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.,  as the  case may be,  on the day on which  the ISO is
granted or, if there is no trading or bid or asked  price on that day,  the mean
of the highest and lowest  trading or high bid and low asked  prices on the most
recent day  preceding  the day on which the ISO is granted for which such prices
are available.


<PAGE>
(b) The purchase price of the Common Shares subject to each Non-ISO shall not be
less than either (i) 85% of the fair market  value of such Common  Shares at the
time such Option is granted,  or (ii) in the event of an initial public offering
of the Common Shares,  the initial public offering price per Common Share.  Such
fair market value shall be  determined  by the Board of Directors in  accordance
with  subparagraph  (a) of this  Paragraph 5. The  purchase  price of the Common
Shares  subject to each Non-ISO  shall be  determined at the time such Option is
granted.

(c) The dates on which each Option (or portion thereof) shall be exercisable and
the conditions  precedent to such exercise,  if any, shall be fixed by the Board
of Directors, in its discretion, at the time such Option is granted.

(d) The  expiration of each Option shall be fixed by the Board of Directors,  in
its discretion,  at the time such Option is granted;  however,  unless otherwise
determined  by the Board of  Directors  at the time such Option is  granted,  an
Option  shall be  exercisable  for ten (10) years after the date on which it was
granted  (the  "Grant  Date")  unless  the  Optionee  of an ISO  is a  Principal
Stockholder,  in which  case the said ISO shall be  exercisable  for five  years
after the Grant Date.  Each Option  shall be subject to earlier  termination  as
expressly  provided  in  Paragraph  6 hereof  or as  determined  by the Board of
Directors, in its discretion, at the time such Option is granted.

(e) Options  shall be exercised  by the delivery by the Optionee  thereof to the
Company at its principal  office, or at such other address as may be established
by the Board of Directors, of written notice of the number of Common Shares with
respect to which the Option is being exercised accompanied by payment in full of
the purchase price of such Common Shares.  Payment for such Common Shares may be
made (as  determined by the Board of Directors)  (i) in cash,  (ii) by certified
check or bank cashier's  check payable to the order of the Company in the amount
of such  purchase  price,  (iii) by a promissory  note issued by the Optionee in
favor of the Company in the amount equal to such  purchase  price and payable on
terms  prescribed by the Board of Directors,  which  provides for the payment of
interest at a fair market rate, as determined by the Board of Directors, (iv) by
delivery of capital stock to the Company having a fair market value  (determined
on the date of exercise in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (a) of
this Paragraph 5) equal to said purchase price, or (v) by any combination of the
methods of payment described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

(f) An Optionee  shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder  with respect
to the Common  Shares  subject to his Option until such shares are issued to him
upon the exercise of his Option as provided herein.

(g) No Option shall be  transferable,  except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution,  and any  Option  may be  exercised  during  the  lifetime  of the
Optionee  only by him.  No Option  granted  under the Plan  shall be  subject to
execution, attachment or other process.



<PAGE>
6.       Death or Termination of Employment.

(a) If employment or other relationship of an Optionee with the Company shall be
terminated voluntarily by the Optionee and without the consent of the Company or
for "Cause" (as hereinafter  defined),  and immediately  after such  termination
such Optionee shall not then be employed by the Company,  any Options granted to
such Optionee to the extent not theretofore  exercised  shall expire  forthwith.
For  purposes  of the  Plan,  "Cause"  shall  mean  "Cause"  as  defined  in any
employment agreement ("Employment  Agreement") between Optionee and the Company,
and, in the absence of an Employment Agreement or in the absence of a definition
of "Cause" in such  Employment  Agreement,  "Cause" shall mean (i) any continued
failure by the Optionee to obey the reasonable  instructions of the President or
any member of the Board of Directors,  (ii) continued neglect by the Optionee of
his  duties and  obligations  as an  employee  of the  Company,  or a failure to
perform  such  duties and  obligations  to the  reasonable  satisfaction  of the
President or the Board of Directors, (iii) willful misconduct of the Optionee or
other  actions in bad faith by the  Optionee  which are to the  detriment of the
Company,  including without limitation  commission of a felony,  embezzlement or
misappropriation  of funds or commission of any act of fraud or (iv) a breach of
any material  provision  of any  Employment  Agreement  not cured within 10 days
after written notice thereof.

(b) If such employment or other  relationship  shall terminate other than (i) by
reason of death, (ii) voluntarily by the optionee and without the consent of the
Company,  or (iii) for  Cause,  and  immediately  after  such  termination  such
Optionee shall not them be employed by the Company,  any Options granted to such
Optionee   may  be  exercised  at  any  time  within  three  months  after  such
termination,  subject to the provisions of subparagraph (d) of this Paragraph 6.
After such three-month  period,  the unexercised  Options shall expire.  For the
purposes of the Plan, the retirement of an Optionee either pursuant to a pension
or  retirement  plan  adopted by the  Company or on the normal  retirement  date
prescribed  from time to time by the Company,  and the termination of employment
as a result of a disability  (as defined in Section 22(e) (3) of the Code) shall
be  deemed  to  be  a  termination  of  such  Optionee's   employment  or  other
relationship other than voluntarily by the Optionee or for Cause.

(c) If an  Optionee  dies (i)  while  employed  by,  or  engaged  in such  other
relationship with, the Company or (ii) within three months after the termination
of his employment or other  relationship  other than voluntarily by the Optionee
and without the consent of the Company or for Cause, any options granted to such
Optionee may be exercised at any time within twelve months after such Optionee's
death,  subject to the provisions of subparagraph (d) of this Paragraph 6. After
the three month period, the unexercised Options shall expire.

(d) An Option may not be  exercised  pursuant to this  paragraph 6 except to the
extent that the  Optionee  was  entitled  to exercise  the Option at the time of
termination of employment or Such other relationship, or death, and in any event
may not be exercised  after the expiration of the earlier of (i) the term of the
option or (ii) ten (10) years from the date the Option was granted,  or five (5)
years  from  the  date  an ISO  was  granted  if the  optionee  was a  Principal
Stockholder at that date.


<PAGE>
7.       Leave of Absence.

For  purposes  of the Plan,  an  individual  who is on military or sick leave or
other bona fide leave of absence (such temporary employment by the United States
or any state d government) shall be considered as remaining in the employ of the
Company for 90 days or such longer period as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors.

8.       Option Adjustments.

(a) The aggregate  number and class of shares as to which Options may be granted
under the Plan, the number and class shares covered by each  outstanding  Option
and the exercise price per share thereof (but not the total price), and all such
Options, shall each be proportionately adjusted for any increase decrease in the
number of issued Common Shares resulting from split-up spin-off or consolidation
of shares or any like Capital adjustment or the payment of any stock dividend.

(b) Except as provided in  subparagraph  (c) of this Paragraph 8, upon a merger,
consolidation,  acquisition  of  property or stock,  separation,  reorganization
(other  than a merger or  reorganization  of the Company in which the holders of
Common Shares  immediately prior to the merger or  reorganization  have the same
proportionate   ownership  of  Common  Shares  in  the   surviving   corporation
immediately after the merger or  reorganization)  or liquidation of the Company,
as a result of which the  stockholders  of the Company  receive  cash,  stock or
other property in exchange for their Common Shares, any Option granted hereunder
shall  terminate,   but,  provided  that  the  Optionee  shall  have  the  right
immediately prior to any such merger, consolidation,  acquisition of property or
stock, separation, reorganization or liquidation to exercise his Option in whole
or in part whether or not the vesting requirements set forth in the stock option
agreement have been satisfied.

(c)  If the  stockholders  of the  Company  receive  capital  stock  of  another
corporation  ("exchange  Stock")  in  exchange  for their  Common  Shares in any
transaction involving a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock,
separation  or  reorganization  (other  than a merger or  reorganization  of the
Company in which the holders of Common Shares immediately prior to the merger or
reorganization  have the same  proportionate  ownership of Common  Shares in the
surviving  corporation  immediately  after the  merger or  reorganization),  all
options  granted  hereunder  shall terminate in accordance with the provision of
subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8 unless the of Directors and the corporation
issuing the Exchange Stock in their sole and arbitrary discretion and subject to
any required  action by the  stockholders  of the Company and such  corporation,
agree that all such Options  granted  hereunder  are  converted  into options to
purchase shares of Exchange Stock. The amount and price of such options shall be
determined by adjusting the amount and price of the Options granted hereunder in
the same  proportion  as used for  determining  the number of shares of Exchange
Stock the holders of the Common  Shares  receive in such merger,  consolidation,
acquisition  of property or stock,  separation  or  reorganization.  The vesting
schedule set forth in the stock option  agreement shall continue to apply to the
options granted for the Exchange Stock.


<PAGE>
(d) All  adjustments  pursuant to this Paragraph 8 shall be made by the Board of
Directors and its  determination as to what  adjustments  shall be made, and the
extent thereof, shall be final, binding and conclusive.

9.       Further Conditions of Exercise.

(a) Unless prior to the exercise of an Option the Common  Shares  issuable  upon
such  exercise  are the  subject  of a  registration  statement  filed  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the  "Securities  Act"), and there is then in effect a prospectus filed
as part of such  registration  statement  meeting  the  Requirements  of Section
10(a)(3) of the  Securities  Act,  the notice of exercise  with  respect to such
Option shall be accompanied by a  representation  or agreement of the individual
exercising  the Option to the  Company to the effect  that such shares are being
acquired for investment  only and not with a view to the resale or  distribution
thereof, or such other, documentation as may be required by the Company, unless,
in the opinion of counsel to the  Company,  such  representation,  agreement  or
documentation is not necessary to comply with the Securities Act.

(b) Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding,  the Company shall not
be obligated  to issue or sell any Common  Shares until they have been listed on
each securities exchange on which the Common Shares may then be listed and until
and unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, the Company may issue such
shares pursuant to a qualification or an effective registration statement, or an
exemption  from  registration,  under  such  state and  federal  laws,  rules or
regulations  as  such  counsel  may  deem  applicable.  The  Company  shall  use
reasonable  efforts to effect such listing,  qualification and registration,  as
the case may be.

10.      Termination. Modification and Amendment.

(a) The Plan (but not Options previously granted under the Plan) shall terminate
ten (10) years  from the  earlier  of the date of its  adoption  by the Board of
Directors or the date on which the Plan is approved by the  affirmative  vote of
the  holders of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the
Company  entitled  to  vote  thereon,  and no  Option  shall  be  granted  after
termination of the Plan.

(b) The Plan may at any time be terminated  and from time to time be modified or
amended by the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Company present, or represented, and entitled
to vote at a meeting duly held in  accordance  with the  applicable  laws of the
State of Delaware.

(c) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time  terminate the Plan or
from time to time make such  modifications  or  amendments of the Plan as it may
deem  advisable;  provided,  however,  that the Board of Directors shall not (i)
modify  or amend  the  Plan in any way  that  would  disqualify  any ISO  issued
pursuant to the Plan as an Incentive  Stock  Option or (ii) without  approval by
the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding


<PAGE>
shares of the capital stock of the Company present, or represented, and entitled
to vote at a meeting duly held in  accordance  with the  applicable  laws of the
State of  Delaware,  increase  (except as provided by  Paragraph  8) the maximum
number of Common  Shares as to which  Options  may be granted  under the Plan or
change the class of persons eligible to Options under the Plan.

(d) No termination,  modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely  affect
the rights conferred by any Options the consent of the Optionee thereof.

11. Effectiveness of the Plan.

The Plan shall become  effective  upon adoption by the Board of  Directors.  The
Plan shall be subject to  approval by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding  shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled
to vote thereon within one year  following  adoption of the Plan by the Board of
Directors,  and all  Options  granted  prior to such  approval  shall be subject
thereto. In the event such approval is withheld,  the Plan and all Options which
may have been granted thereunder shall become null and void.

12.      Not a Contract of Employment.

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any stock option agreement executed pursuant
hereto shall be deemed to confer upon any individual to whom an Option is or may
be  granted  hereunder  any  right to  remain in the  employ  of, or in  another
relationship with, the relationship with, the Company.

13.      Miscellaneous.

(a) Nothing  contained  in the Plan or in any stock  option  agreement  executed
pursuant  hereto shall be deemed to confer upon any individual to whom an Option
is or may be  granted  hereunder  any right to remain in the employ of, or other
relationship with, the Company.

(b) If an Option has been  granted  under the Plan,  additional  Options  may be
granted from time to time to the Optionee,  and Options may be granted from time
to time to one or more individuals who have not previously been granted options.

(c) Nothing  contained  in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the
Company to grant options  otherwise  than under the Plan in connection  with the
acquisition  of the  business  and assets of any  corporation,  firm,  person or
association, including options granted to employees thereof who become employees
of the Company,  nor shall the  provisions  of the Plan be to limit the right of
the  Company to grant  options  Otherwise  than under the Plan for other  proper
corporate purposes.

(d) The Company  shall have the right to require the Optionee to pay the Company
the cash amount of any taxes the  Company is required to withhold in  connection
with the exercise of an Option.

(e) No award  under  this Plan shall be taken into  account  in  determining  an
Optionee's compensation for purposes of an employee benefit plan of the Company.



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT, made effective as of the __th day of __________, 1998 by and
between NORTELCO NORDIC AS, a Norwegian  corporation  having a place of business
in  Oslo,   Norway  (the  "Company")  and  BJORN  NYSTED   (hereinafter   called
"Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH

         WHEREAS,  the Corporation wishes to employ said Employee,  and Employee
wishes  to  maintain  employment  with  the  Company,  all upon  the  terms  and
conditions herein contained.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein contained, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment.

         The Company  hereby  employs  Employee  and the  Employee  agrees to be
employed by the Company to serve as the Company's  President and Chief Executive
Officer.  Employee  shall  devote a  sufficient  amount  of his  business  time,
attention and skills to the business and affairs of the Company.  Employee shall
faithfully  and  diligently  discharge his duties  hereunder  pursuant to and in
accordance  with the  policies  established  by the  Board of  Directors  of the
Company.

2. Term of Employment.

         Except in the case of earlier termination,  as hereinafter specifically
provided, the term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years,  commencing on
April __, 1998.

3. Salary

         During the term of this  Agreement,  the Company shall pay to Employee,
and  Employee  shall  accept,  for all  services  which may be  rendered  by him
pursuant to this Agreement,  including, without limitation, acting as a director
of the Company, a salary to be determined by the Board of Directors, but no less
than One  Hundred  Sixty  Thousand  Dollars  ($160,000)  per  annum,  payable in
accordance  with the regular  payroll  policy of the  Company,  or at such other
times as may be mutually  agreed upon  between the Company and  Employee.  In no
event shall Employee's salary be reduced during the term of this Agreement below
One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($160,000), except in the case of termination
of this Agreement as herein provided.

4. Expenses

         The Company shall  reimburse  Executive for all  reasonable  and actual
business expenses incurred by him in connection with his service to the Company,
upon submission by him of appropriate vouchers and expense account reports.





<PAGE>
5.  Benefits

         In addition to the salary and bonus to be paid to Executive  hereunder,
the Company shall  maintain  medical  insurance for the benefit of the Executive
and his  immediate  family  members and such other  benefits as are  extended to
active executive employees of the Company.

6. Termination.

         (a)   Anything   in   this   Agreement   contained   to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  Employee's  employment  hereunder shall terminate prior to the
Termination  Date:  (i)  immediately  upon  the  death  of  Employee;   or  (ii)
immediately  upon any act of willful  misconduct  or breach of trust by Employee
against the Company;  or (iii)  immediately  upon the conviction of the Employee
for the  commission of a criminal act; or (iv)  immediately in the event of drug
or alcohol abuse by the Employee: or (v) after notice and time to cure as herein
provided, upon the failure of Employee to devote sufficient of his business time
to the  Corporation  as  provided  in  Paragraph  1 hereof,  except by reason of
disability or sickness.

         (b) In the event of the termination of Employee's employment hereunder,
pursuant to the provisions of clause (v) of Paragraph 5(a), not less than twenty
(20) days' written notice of such  termination  shall be given by the Company to
the Employee, which notice shall specify the basis for and the effective date of
termination and shall provide that during such twenty-day period, Employee shall
have an opportunity to cure such breach.

         (c) In the event  Employee  is unable,  because  of mental or  physical
disability,  to  substantially  perform his duties hereunder for an aggregate of
ninety (90) days in any twelve-month  period,  his compensation  hereunder shall
cease  until he is again able to perform  his duties  hereunder  on a  full-time
basis.

         (d) In  addition to the  foregoing,  the  Company  may  terminate  this
Agreement  on twelve (12) months  notice to the  Employee,  and the Employee may
terminate this Agreement on six (6) months notice to the Company.

7. Payment Upon Termination Pursuant to Paragraph 7.

         In  the  event  that  Employee's  employment  hereunder  is  terminated
pursuant to the  provisions  of  Paragraph 7 above,  Employee  shall be paid his
salary and accrued bonus,  if any,  pursuant to Paragraphs 3 and 4 above, to the
effective date of termination,  in satisfaction of all the Company's obligations
and payment due and owing by the Company to Employee.

8. Amendment.

         This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument  executed by
each of the parties hereto.

9. Entire Agreement.

     This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with
respect to the


<PAGE>
subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of
the parties hereto, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10. Applicable Law.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of Norway  applicable to
contracts made and to be wholly performed therein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed and delivered by
the parties hereto as of the date first above written.


NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.


By:_____________________________



- --------------------------------
Bjorn Nysted


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT,  made effective as of the __th day of _______________,  1998
by and between NORTELCO NORDIC AS, a Norwegian  corporation having a usual place
of business in Oslo, Norway (the "Company") and TORE STRAND  (hereinafter called
"Employee").

                                   WITNESSETH

         WHEREAS,  the Corporation wishes to employ said Employee,  and Employee
wishes  to  maintain  employment  with  the  Company,  all upon  the  terms  and
conditions herein contained.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein contained, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment.

         The Company  hereby  employs  Employee  and the  Employee  agrees to be
employed  by the  Company to serve as the  Company's  Chief  Financial  Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary.  Employee shall faithfully and diligently discharge his
duties hereunder pursuant to and in accordance with the policies  established by
the Board of Directors of the Company.

2. Term of Employment.

         Except in the case of earlier termination,  as hereinafter specifically
provided, the term of this Agreement shall be for five (5) years,  commencing on
April __, 1998.

3. Salary

         During the term of this  Agreement,  the Company shall pay to Employee,
and  Employee  shall  accept,  for all  services  which may be  rendered  by him
pursuant to this Agreement, a salary to be determined by the Board of Directors,
but no less than Eighty Two Thousand  Dollars  ($82,000)  per annum,  payable in
accordance  with the regular  payroll  policy of the  Company,  or at such other
times as may be mutually  agreed upon  between the Company and  Employee.  In no
event shall Employee's salary be reduced during the term of this Agreement below
Eighty Two Thousand Dollars ($82,000), except in the case of termination of this
Agreement as herein provided.

4. Expenses

         The Company shall  reimburse  Executive for all  reasonable  and actual
business expenses incurred by him in connection with his service to the Company,
upon submission by him of appropriate vouchers and expense account reports.

5.  Benefits

         In addition to the salary and bonus to be paid to Executive  hereunder,
the Company shall  maintain  medical  insurance for the benefit of the Executive
and his immediate family members


<PAGE>
     and such other  benefits as are extended to active  executive  employees of
the Company.

6. Termination.

         (a)   Anything   in   this   Agreement   contained   to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  Employee's  employment  hereunder shall terminate prior to the
Termination  Date:  (i)  immediately  upon  the  death  of  Employee;   or  (ii)
immediately  upon any act of willful  misconduct  or breach of trust by Employee
against the Company;  or (iii)  immediately  upon the conviction of the Employee
for the  commission  of a criminal act; or (iv) after notice and time to cure as
herein  provided,  upon the  failure of  Employee  to devote  sufficient  of his
business time to the  Corporation  as provided in Paragraph 1 hereof,  except by
reason of disability or sickness.

         (b) In the event of the termination of Employee's employment hereunder,
pursuant to the provisions of clause (v) of Paragraph 7(a), not less than twenty
(20) days' written notice of such  termination  shall be given by the Company to
the Employee, which notice shall specify the basis for and the effective date of
termination and shall provide that during such twenty-day period, Employee shall
have an opportunity to cure such breach.

         (c) In the event  Employee  is unable,  because  of mental or  physical
disability,  to  substantially  perform his duties hereunder for an aggregate of
ninety (90) days in any twelve-month  period,  his compensation  hereunder shall
cease  until he is again able to perform  his duties  hereunder  on a  full-time
basis.

         (d) In  addition to the  foregoing,  the  Company  may  terminate  this
Agreement  on twelve (12) months  notice to the  Employee,  and the Employee may
terminate this Agreement on six (6) months notice to the Company.

7. Payment Upon Termination Pursuant to Paragraph 7.

         In  the  event  that  Employee's  employment  hereunder  is  terminated
pursuant to the  provisions  of  Paragraph 7 above,  Employee  shall be paid his
salary and accrued bonus,  if any,  pursuant to Paragraphs 3 and 4 above, to the
effective date of termination,  in satisfaction of all the Company's obligations
and payment due and owing by the Company to Employee.

8. Amendment.

         This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument  executed by
each of the parties hereto.

9. Entire Agreement.

         This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement of the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof,  and supersedes all prior  agreements
and understandings of the parties hereto, oral and written,  with respect to the
subject matter hereof.

10. Applicable Law.



<PAGE>
         This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of Norway  applicable to
contracts made and to be wholly performed therein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed and delivered by
the parties hereto as of the date first above written.


NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.

By:_____________________________




- --------------------------------
Tore Strand



                              Consultant Agreement


         Consultant  Agreement,  made  effective  as of as of  __________,  1998
between  Norttelco  Nordic  AS (the  "Corporation"),  and Goran  Haggqvist  (the
"Consultant").

         Whereas, the Corporation wishes to assure itself of the services of the
Consultant  for the period  provided in this  Agreement,  and the  Consultant is
willing to provide its  services  to the  Corporation  for the period  under the
terms and conditions hereinafter provided.

         Now,  Therefore,  Witnesseth,  that  for  and in  consideration  of the
premises and of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained,  the parties
hereto agree as follows:

1.       Engagement

         The Corporation  agrees to and does hereby engage the  Consultant,  and
the Consultant agrees to and does hereby accept engagement by the Corporation in
connection  with the  operation of the business and affairs of the  Corporation,
for a three (3) year period commencing on _________, 1998 and ending on _______,
2001. The period during which  Consultant  shall serve in such capacity shall be
deemed the "Engagement Period" and shall hereinafter be referred to as such.

2.       Services

         2.1  The  Consultant  shall  render  to the  Corporation  the  services
described  below,  with  respect to which the  Consultant  shall  apply his best
efforts and devote  such time as shall be  reasonably  necessary  to perform his
duties  hereunder and advance the interests of the  Corporation.  The Consultant
shall  report to the chief  executive  officer  of the  Corporation  and to such
persons as the chief executive officer shall direct.

         2.2 The services to be rendered by the  Consultant  to the  Corporation
shall include the following:

         2.2.1    Corporate Planning

                  a.       Develop   an   in-depth   familiarization   with  the
                           Corporation's  business  objectives  and bring to its
                           attention  potential  or actual  opportunities  which
                           meet those objectives or logical extensions thereof.

                  b.       Alert  the   Corporation  to  new  or  emerging  high
                           potential forms of production and distribution  which
                           could either be acquired or developed internally.

                  c.       Comment on the  Corporation's  corporate  development
                           including  such  factors as position  in  competitive
                           environment,  financial performances vs. competition,
                           strategies, operational viability, etc.



<PAGE>
                  d.       Identify  prospective  suitable merger or acquisition
                           partners  for the  Corporation,  perform  appropriate
                           diligence investigations with respect thereto, advise
                           the Corporation  with respect to the  desirability of
                           pursuing such  prospects,  and assist the Corporation
                           in any negotiations which may ensue therefrom.

         2.2.2    Financial Public Relations

                  a.       Review and comments upon the Corporation's annual and
                           quarterly reports and other financial publications.

                  b.       Bring  to  the  Corporation's  attention  outstanding
                           examples   of   financial   presentation   in   other
                           industries,  including  both  overall  reporting  and
                           portions of reports.

                  c.       Review and comment upon the Corporation's  financial 
                           public relations plan.

                  d.       Keep  the  Corporation  informed  on  any  externally
                           originated information disseminated about it.

         2.2.3    Business Strategies

                  a.       Evaluate business strategies and recommend changes 
                           where appropriate.

                  b.       Critically evaluate the Corporation's  performance in
                           view  of  its   corporate   planning   and   business
                           objectives.

         2.2.4    Shareholder Relations

                  a.       Review, comment on and advise the Corporation as to 
                           responses to communications from shareholders.

                  b.       Assist the  Corporation in improving its  shareholder
                           relations  by  developing  long  range  programs  for
                           shareholder communication.

                  c.       Advise the  Corporation as to selection of suitable  
                           public relations counsel.

3.       Compensation.  For the services and duties to be rendered and performed
         by the Consultant  during the Engagement Period and in consideration of
         the  Consultant's  having entered into his agreement,  the  Corporation
         agrees to pay the Consultant an aggregate of  $____________,  which sum
         shall be payable in equal monthly installments.


                                        2

<PAGE>
4.       Secrets

         Consultant  agrees that any trade secrets or any other like information
of value  relating to the business of the  Corporation  or any of its affiliates
has an ownership interest of more than twenty-five percent (25%),  including but
not limited to,  information  relating to  inventions,  disclosures,  processes,
systems, methods, formulae, patents, patent application,  machinery,  materials,
research  activities and plans,  costs of  production,  contract  forms,  prices
volume of sales,  promotional  methods,  list of names or classes of  customers,
which he has heretofore acquired during his engagement by the Corporation or any
of its affiliates or which he may hereafter acquire during the Engagement Period
as the result of any  disclosures to him, or in any other way, shall be regarded
as held by the Consultant in a fiduciary  capacity solely for the benefit of the
Corporation, its successors or assigns, and shall not at any time, either during
the term of this Agreement or thereafter, be disclosed,  divulged, furnished, or
made accessible by the Consultant to anyone,  or be otherwise used by his except
in the regular course of business of the Corporation or its affiliates.

5.       Assignment

         This  Agreement may be assigned by the  Corporation as part of the sale
of  substantially  all of its business,  provided,  however,  that the purchaser
shall expressly assume all obligations of the Corporation  under this Agreement.
Further,  this  Agreement  may be assigned by the  Corporation  to an affiliate,
provided that any such affiliate  shall  expressly  assume all obligation of the
Corporation  under this  Agreement,  and provided  further that the  Corporation
shall then fully  guarantee the  performance of the Agreement by such affiliate.
Consultant  agrees  that if this  Agreement  is so  assigned,  all the terms and
conditions of this Agreement shall be between assignee and himself with the same
force and effect as if said  Agreement  had been made with such  assignee in the
first instance.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Consultant  without
the express written consent of the Corporation.

6.       Survival of Certain Agreements

         The covenants and agreements set forth in Article 4 and Article 5 shall
survive  the  expiration  of  the  Engagement   Period  and  shall  all  survive
termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect  regardless of
the cause of such termination.

7.       Notices

         7.1 All notices  permitted to be given  hereunder shall be delivered by
hand, telecopier, or recognized courier service to the party to whom such notice
is required or permitted  to be given  hereunder.  Any notices  delivered to the
address designated for such delivery by such party,  notwithstanding the refusal
of such party or other person to accept such delivery.

         7.2 Any notice to the Corporation or to any assignee of the Corporation
shall be addressed as follows:

                                        3

<PAGE>
                           Bjorn Nysted, President
                           Nordic Equity Partners
                           Ryensvingen 3
                           P.O. Box 116 Manglerud
                           0612 Oslo, Norway

         7.3      Any notice to Consultant shall be addressed as follows:


         7.4  Either  party may  change  the  address  to which  notice is to be
addressed, by notice as provided herein.

8.       Applicable Law

         This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the
laws of New York.

9.       Interpretation

         Whenever possible,  each Article of this Agreement shall be interpreted
in such manner as to be  effective  and valid under  applicable  law, but if any
Article is  unenforceable  or  invalid  under such law,  such  Article  shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such  unenforceability or invalidity,  and the
remainder of such Article and the balance of this Agreement  shall in such event
continue to be binding and in full force and effect.

         In  Witness  Whereof,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  the  above
Agreement as of the day and year first above written:


NORTELCO NORDIC AS

     /s/ Bjorn Nysted
By: ------------------------------------------------



     /s/ Goron Haggquist
- ------------------------------------
Goran Haggqvist


                                        4

Exhibit 10.5

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------


This  agreement,  made and entered  into this 12th day of May,  1994,  is by and
between UNIVERSAL COMMODITY TRADING GROUP S.A. as seller  (hereinafter  referred
to as "the Seller") and SHERMAN,  GOELZ & ASSOCIATES (under name change to First
Nordic Equity Partners Corp) as buyer (hereinafter reffered to as "the Buyer").


WHEREAS: Universal Commodity Trading Group S.A. owns 80%, or 1,920 shares of the
total 2,400 shares of common stock, par value NOK 1,000:-, issued and
outstanding in the Norwegian company NORTELCO A/S, registered in Norway No:
954543323 (hereinafter referred to as "the Company").

WHEREAS: The Buyer is willing to buy all 1,920 shares owned by the Seller.

WHEREAS: The Seller is willing to sell all the 1,920 shares the Buyer is willing
to purchase.

WHEREAS: The Buyer have conducted a due dilligence of the Company and its
subsidiaries.


NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreement hereinafter set forth,
the parties hereto, intending to be bound hereby, agree as follows:



1). Upon and subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth in this  agreement,
the Seller  hereby  agrees to sell to the Buyer on the Closing date provided for
in section 2 hereof,  free and clear of all liens,  pledges and  encumbrances of
every kind,  character and descriptions  whatsoever,  1,920 shares of the issued
and outstanding shares of the Company's common stock.

2).  (a).  The  sale  and  purchase  provided  for in this  agreement  shall  be
consummated at a closing to be held at the offices of Hagginvest AB,  Stockholm,
Sweden ("the Agent"), on the 26th day of May, 1994 ("Closing date",  "Closing");
and  after  all  conditions  precedent  to the  consummation  thereof  have been
satisfied or at such other date, time and place as the Seller and Buyer mutually
agree upon.


    (b). At the Closing the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer:  (i) certificates
evidencing and representing of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock
of the Copmany, all of which are being sold hereunder, duly endorsed in blank or
accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank, with signatures  guaranteed,
in proper form for transfer; (ii) a copy of the articles of incorporation of the
Company and its subsidiaries and all, if any,  amendments thereto, a copy of the
Company's and the subsidiaries certificates of incorporation;  (iii) correct and
complete  copies of the  by-laws,  minutes of  directors  meetings or consent to
action by the  shareholders  of the  Company and its  subsidiaries,  and similar
corporate documents of the Company and the subsidiaries.




3). The  consideration to be paid to the Seller by the Buyer for 1,920 shares of
the  issued  and  outstanding  Common  Stock  of  the  Company,   shall  be  NOK
30,000,000:-,  inclusive of all  commissions  due. Such purchase  price shall be
paid as follows:

<PAGE>   
     (a). Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Norwegian Crowns (5,500,000: -) in
cash at the closing, the cash consideration shall be paid by the Buyer to, a
by the Agent, nominated bank account on behalf of the Seller.


     (b). Six Million Seven Hundred Thousand Norwegian Crowns (NOK 6,700,000:-)
shall be paid in the form of shares of the Buyer's Common Stock, before or
latest by  25.10.94,  the  amount of shares the Seller  shall  receive  shall be
determined by the trading  price of the Buyer's  Common Stock on either the NASD
bullentin board, the AMEX Stock Exchange, New York or the NASDAQ Stock Exchange,
Whasington.  Irrespectively  of whichever  of the  mentioned  market  places the
Buyer's  Common  Stock is at that date trading and at which price it is trading,
the Seller shall receive the equivalent amount in USD of NOK 6,700,000 in shares
of the Buyer's Common Stock. EX formula:  Trading price / $6,00 = 151,927 shares
/  (exchange  rate  NOK/USD  = 7,35),  151,927 x $6,00 =  $911,562  x 7,35 = NOK
6,700,000.

     (c). The  remaining  balance of the purchase  price i.e. NOK  17,800,000:-,
shall be paid by the Buyer in cash latest by 31.12.94,  the Seller shall receive
an interest of 12% p.a. on the  outstanding  balance,  interest  payments  shall
irrevocably  be made by the Buyer on a  regular  monthly  basis to the  Seller's
nominated bank account,  commencing 25.06.94,  and running until the outstanding
balance of the purchase  price have been fully paid.  The 1,920 shares of Common
Stock in Nortelco A/S purchased by the Buyer pursuant to this  agreement,  shall
be  pledged  to the  Seller as  collateral  for the  Buyers  fulfillment  of its
obligations under this agreement (exhibit "A", Pledge Agreement).


4).  The Seller  have good and  marketable  title to the issued and  outstanding
Common Stock of the Company to be transferred  and the absolute right  hereunder
and  necessary  authority to sell,  assign and transfer all of said stock to the
Buyer,  free and clear of all liens,  claims,  pledges and  encumbrances  of any
kind.

5). The Seller / Company  will,  on or before  Closing,  provide  the Buyer with
audited  consolidated  financial  statements for fiscal years ended December 31,
1990, 1991, 1992 and 1993, further, the Seller / Company shall provide the Buyer
with  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements for the first quarter 1994,
including  the  financial  statements  for the  recently  acquired  subsidiaries
Audiatur AB, Audiatur A/S and Dynatech AB.

6). Prior to the Closing  Date,  the Seller will not,  except with written prior
consent of the Buyer,  permit the Company to declare or pay  dividend,  issue or
authorize the issuance of any stock, declare any stock split, or issue any other
security  convertible  into  stock or any  warranty  or  option or right for the
purchase of any stock,  sell or  otherwise  dispose of any asset,  except in the
ordinary  course  of  business  or  borrow  money  or  incur  any  debt or other
obligation,  will  not  permit  the  Company  to  be  a  party  to  any  merger,
consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, and the Seller will cause the
Company to conduct its affairs in the usual and ordinary course of business.


7).  The  Seller  will on Closing  Date  provide  the Buyer with up to date (day
before  Closing)  unaudited  financial   statements  for  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries, guaranteeing and evidencing that there have been no adverse change
in the financial condition, operations,  properties and assets of the Company or
the subsidiaries since the Buyer cuncluded its due dilligence work.

<PAGE>   
8).  The  Seller  and the  Buyer  shall  bear  their own  expenses  and costs in
connection with this agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.



9). This  instrument  contains the entire  agreement  between the parties hereto
with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be changed or
terminated except by written amendment signed by the parties hereto.




10).  This  agreement  shall be construed in  accordance  with and  goverened by
English  law,  any  dispute  arising  from this  agreement,  which  the  parties
themselvs can not resolve, shall be referred to Arbitration in London.




                               Stockholm, as above

/s/ Kjell G. Lowgren                                 /s/ Mats U. Hartling
- - ----------------------------                         ------------------------
Kjell G. Lowgren                                     Mats U. Hartling
Universal Commodity Trading Group S.A.               Sherman, Goelz & Associates
Seller                                               Buyer




<PAGE>   
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This agreement,  made and entered into this 4th day of October,  1994, is by and
between Universal Commodity Trading Group S.A. as seller  (hereinafter  referred
to as "the Seller") and First Nordic Equity  Partners Corp.  (formerly  Sherman,
Goelz &  Associates)  as  buyer  (hereinafter  referred  to as  "FNEPC"  or "the
Buyer").

Whereas: University Commodity Trading Group S.A. has sold 1,920 shares (or 80%)
of the total 2,400 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding in the
Norwegian company Nortelco AS, registered in Norwas No 954543323, (hereinafter
referred to as "the Company") to FNEPC.

Whereas: The original purchase agreement drawn up by the parties hereto was
signed by the parties on May 12, 1994.

Whereas:  The parties now have agreed to amend the original terms and conditions
for the sale (as  incorporated  hereinto),  and  subsequently,  by signing  this
agreement,  declared the original  purchase  agreement  and exhibit "A" attached
thereto, dated May 12, 1994, null and void.

Whereas: The Seller has received NOK 5,500,000 in cash, as downpayment for the
shares sold and transferred to FNEPC.

Whereas:  The  Buyer  has  conducted  a due  diligence  of the  Company  and its
subsidiaries,  and received in his possession all  documentation  concerning the
Company  and its  subsidiaries,  their  business  and  affairs,  such as  books,
bankaccounts, articles of incorporation, by-laws, registration certificates etc.

Now, therefore,  in consideration of the mutual agreement hereinafter set forth,
the parties hereto agree as follows:


1) Upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement, the
Seller hereby agrees to sell to the Buyer, free and clear of all liens,  pledges
and encumbrances of every kind, character and description whatsoever,  1,920 (or
80%) of the total outstanding 2,400 shares of Common Stock in the Company.


2) The  consideration to be paid to the Seller by the Buyer for the 1,920 shares
of the Company's  Common Stock,  shall be NOK  (Norwegian  Crowns)  16,000,000:-
inclusive of all  commissions  etc. Such purchase  price has been  paid/shall be
paid as follows:

     a) A downpayment of NOK 5,500,000:- (Five Million Five Hundred Thousand) in
cash has been paid by the Buyer and received by the Seller.

     b) The  balance of NOK  10,500,000:-  shall be paid by the Buyer in form of
580,803 shares of the Buyer's  Common Stock (par value $.001),  the Seller shall
receive  said  number of shares  within 60  calendar  days from the date of this
agreement.

3) The Seller has good and  marketable  title to the 1,920  shares of the Common
Stock of the Company to be  transferred  and the absolute  ritht  hereunder  and
necessary authority to sell, assign and transfer all of said stock to the Buyer,
free and clear of all liens, claims, pledges and encumbrances of any kind.


<PAGE>   
4) This instrument contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with
respect  to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and shall not be changed or
terminated except by written amendment signed by the parties hereto.

5) This  agreement  shall be  construed  in  accordance  with,  and governed by,
English law, any dispute arising from this  agreement,  which the parties hereto
can not resolve themselves, shall be referred to Arbitration in London.

                               Stockholm as above


/s/ Mats Hartling                             /s/ Mats Hartling
- - -----------------------------               ----------------------------------
Mats Hartling                                 Mats Hartling
Universal Commodity Trading Group S.A.        First Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
Seller                                        Buyer


<PAGE>   
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This agreement, made and entered into this 23rd day of November, 1994, is by and
between Universal Commodity Trading Group, S.A. (hereinafter referred to as "the
Seller") and First Nordic  Equity  Partners  Corp.  (hereinafter  referred to as
"FNEPC" or "the Buyer").

WHEREAS,       pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated May 12, 1994 (the
               "Original Stock Purchase  Agreement"),  annexed hereto as Exhibit
               1, Universal  Commodity  Trading Group, S.A. agreed to sell 1,920
               shares  (or 80%) of the total  2,400  shares  (the  "Shares")  of
               common  stock issued and  outstanding  in the  Norwegian  company
               Nortelco AS,  registered in Norway as No. 954543323  (hereinafter
               referred to as the "Company"), to FNEPC; and

WHEREAS,       pursuant to a subsequent  Stock Purchase  Agreement dated October
               4, 1994 (the "Second Stock Purchase  Agreement"),  annexed hereto
               as Exhibit 2, by and  between  the Seller and FNEPC,  the parties
               agreed that the Original  Stock  Purchase  Agreement was null and
               void and the terms and  conditions  of the  purchase of the 1,920
               Shares of the Company by FNEPC from the Seller  would be governed
               by the Second Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS,       the  Seller  and FNEPC now  desire  to have the  Second  Purchase
               Agreement  declared  null and  void,  and enter  into this  stock
               purchase agreement (the "Agreement")  setting forth the terms and
               conditions of the FNEPC purchase of the Shares; and

WHEREAS,       the  Seller  has  previously  received  from the Buyer  Norwegian
               Crowns ("NOK")  5,500,000 in cash, as down payment for the Shares
               sold and transferred to FNEPC;

NOW            THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreement  hereinafter
               set forth,  the parties  hereto,  intending  to be bound  hereby,
               agree as follows:

1.   Upon, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement,
     the Seller hereby agrees to sell to the Buyer, free and clear
     of all  liens,  pledges  and  encumbrances  of every  kind,  character  and
     description  whatsoever,  1,920  (or 80%) of the  total  outstanding  2,400
     shares of common stock of the Company.

2.   The  consideration  to be paid to the  Seller  by the  Buyer  for the 1,920
     Shares of the Company's common stock shall be NOK 16,000,000,  inclusive of
     all commissions and other payments. Such purchase price has been paid/shall
     be paid as follows:

     a. An initial  cash  payment of NOK  5,500,000  (five  million five hundred
     thousand).  The parties hereby  acknowledge and represent that such payment
     has been made by the Buyer and received by the Seller.

     b. The balance of NOK 10,500,000 (ten million five hundred  thousand) shall
     be paid by the Buyer in form of 580,803 shares of the Buyer's common stock,
     par value  $.001.  The Seller  hereby  agrees  that,  as a condition to the
     issuance of such Shares,  the Buyer shall  complete  the attached  document
     annexed hereto as Exhibit A. The Seller shall receive such number of Shares
     within 60 calendar days from the date of this agreement.

3.   The Seller hereby  represents  and warrants that it has good and marketable
     title  to the  1,920  Shares  of the  common  stock  of the  company  to be
     transferred  pursuant to this  Agreement,  and has the  absolute  right and
     necessary  authority to sell, assign and transfer all of said Shares to the
     Buyer, free and clear of all liens, claims, pledges and encumbrances of any
     kind. The Seller also hereby  represents and warrants that it has taken all
     action necessary to sell the Shares to the Buyer.

<PAGE>   
4.   This instrument  contains the entire  agreement  between the parties hereto
     with  respect to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and shall not be
     changed or  terminated  except by written  amendment  signed by the parties
     hereto.

5.   The parties  hereby agree that this  Agreement  supersedes  all  agreements
     between the  parties,  oral or  otherwise,  including  the  Original  Stock
     Purchase Agreement and the Second Stock Purchase  Agreement  (collectively,
     the "Previous  Agreements"),  and that the Previous  Agreements  are hereby
     null and void and without further effect.

6.   This agreement shall be construed in accordance  with, and governed by, New
     York law.

UNIVERSAL COMMODITY TRADING GROUP, S.A.


By: /s/ Mats Hartling


FIRST NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.



By: /s/ Goran Haggqvist

<PAGE>   

Exhibit A

Gentlemen:

The  undersigned  entity who is acquiring  580,803  shares of common stock ("the
Shares")  of First  Nordic  Equity  Partners  Corp,  a Nevada  corporation  (the
"Company"),  pursuant to a Stock Purchase  Agreement dated November 23, 1994, by
and between the Company and the undersigned,  hereby  acknowledges,  represents,
warrants, and covenants as follows:

1.   The Shares being acquired have not been registered under the Securities Act
     of 1933,  as amended (the "Act") and are not freely  tradeable.  The Shares
     must be held  indefinitely,  unless either a  registration  statement  with
     respect to the shares is filed and declared  effective  under the Act or an
     exemption from the registration requirements of the Act is available.

2.   The Company has no  obligation  to register  any or all of the Shares under
     the Act for distribution or sale. The Company has not agreed with anyone to
     comply with  Regulation A or any other  exemption  under the Act respecting
     the resale or other transfer of the Shares.

3.   The  Shares  are  being  acquired  for  investment  purposes  only  for the
     undersigned's  own  account  and  not  with  a  view  to  sale  or  resale,
     distribution  (as that term is  defined  in the Act),  or  transfer,  or to
     offers in  connection  therewith.  When the shares  have been issued to the
     undersigned, no other person will have a beneficial interest in the Shares.

4.   The Company will affix a legend in substantially  the following form to the
     certificates evidencing the shares:

     "The securities  represented by this  certificate  have not been registered
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be sold, pledged,
     hypothecated,   donated,  or  otherwise  transferred,  wether  or  not  for
     consideration, unless either the shares have been registered under said Act
     or an exemption from such  registration  requirement  is available.  If the
     shares are to be sold or  transferred  pursuant  to an  exemption  from the
     registration  requirements,  the Company  may require a written  opinion of
     counsel,  satisfactory  to counsel  for the  Company,  to the  effect  that
     registration is not required and that such transfer will not violate the
     Act or applicable state securities law."

5.   Prior to any proposed sale, pledge, hypothecation, gift or other transfer,
     for value or otherwise, of any or all of the shares or of any interest
     therein (hereinafter, a "transfer"), the undersigned shall give written
     notice to the Company describing the transfer, unless the shares have
     first been registered under the Act. The undersigned shall not effect any
     transfer unless and until (a) the Company receives an opinion of the
     undersigned's counsel that the shares have been registered under the Act,
     or in form and substance acceptable to counsel for the Company, that the
     transfer may be effected without registration under the Act, and without
     registration or qualification under applicable state securities laws, and
     (b) satisfaction of such other conditions as may be required by counsel to
     the Company in order to assure compliance with the Act and with applicable
     state securities laws.

Very truly yours,

UNIVERSAL COMMODITY TRADING GROUP, S.A.


By: /s/ Mats Hartling
    -----------------------------------

<PAGE>   
                           PLEDGE AGREEMENT, EXHIBIT A
                           ---------------------------



First Nordic Equity Partners Corp (formerly Sherman, Goelz & Associates) (FNEPC)
C/O Nathan International, One Dag Hammarskjold Plaza, New York, N.Y. 10017, USA,
hereby  irrevocably  pledges  all of its 1,920  shares  of  Common  Stock in the
Norwegain  company  Nortelco  A/S,  registered in Norway No:  954543323,  to the
seller of said shares,  Universal  Commodity  Trading  Group S.A.  (UCTGSA),  as
collateral for all its  obligations  under the purchase  agreement of which this
pledge agreement forms an integral part. The Shares will be pledged to UCTGSA as
long as any  debt  whatsoever  remains  outstanding  (including  any  interest),
whereafter  the  Shares  will be  free of any  liens,  pledges  or  encumbrances
whatsoever and in the sole possession and ownership of FNEPC. FNEPC are under no
circumstances  allowed in any way to use the Shares as collateral  for any other
purpose  whatsoever,  until UCTGSA have  received full payment for the shares in
accordance   with  the  purchase   agreement.   Should  FNEPC  not  fulfill  its
obligations,  i.e.  payment of the  outstanding  balance of the purchase  price,
under the  purchase  agreement,  shall all shares  acquired  by FNEPC  under the
purchase  agreement  unconditionally,  irrevocably and free of cost to UCTGSA be
transferred  back to the  seller  (UCTGSA),  unless  the  parties  does not,  in
writing,  otherwise  agree.  UCTGSA shall have the undisputed and  unconditional
right to retain all  consideration  paid by FNEPC for the Shares to this date as
compensation should FNEPC default on the purchase agreement.




                             Stockholm May 12, 1994


                              /s/ Mats U. Hartling
                              --------------------
                                Mats U. Hartling
                                    President
                       First Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

Exhibit 10.6



                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

This  agreement,  made and entered  into this 16th day of May,  1994,  is by and
between OVINGTON INVESTMENTS LIMITED as seller (hereinafter  referred to as "the
Seller")  and  SHERMAN,  GOELZ &  ASSOCIATES  (under name change to First Nordic
Equity Partners Corp) as buyer (hereinafter referred to as "the Buyer").

WHEREAS: Ovington Investments Limited owns 100%, or all 3000 shares, par value
SEK 100:-, of common stock issued and outstanding in the Swedish company
STOREBRO MACHINE AB, registered in Sweden No: 556327-9146 (hereinafter referred
to as "the Company").

WHEREAS: The Buyer is willing to buy all 3000 shares owned by the Seller.

WHEREAS: The Seller is willing to sell all the 3000 shares the Buyer is willing
to purchase.

WHEREAS: The Buyer have conducted a due diligence of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreement hereinafter set forth,
the parties hereto, intending to be bound hereby, agree as follows:

1). Upon and subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth in this  agreement,
the seller  hereby  agrees to sell to the Buyer on the Closing date provided for
in section 2 hereof,  free and clear of all liens,  pledges and  encumbrances of
every  kind,  character  and  descriptions  whatsoever,   all  3000  issued  and
outstanding shares of common stock in the Company.

2).  (a).  The  sale  and  purchase  provided  for in this  agreement  shall  be
consummated at a closing to be held at the offices of Hagginvest AB,  Stockholm,
Sweden ("the Agent"), on the 27th day of May, 1994 ("Closing date", "Closing") ;
and  after  all  conditions  precedent  to the  consummation  thereof  have been
satisfied or at such other date, time and place as the Seller and Buyer mutually
agree upon.

     (b). At the Closing the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer: (i) certificates
evidencing and representing of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock
of the Company, all of which are being sold hereunder, duly endorsed in blank or
accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank, with signatures  guaranteed,
in proper form for transfer; (ii) a copy of the articles of incorporation of the
Company  and  all,  if any,  amendments  thereto,  and a copy  of the  Company's
certificate of incorporation;  (iii) correct and complete copies of the by-laws,
minutes of directors  meetings or consent to action by the  shareholders  of the
Company and similar corporate documents of the Company.

<PAGE>   
3). The  consideration  to be paid to the Seller by the Buyer for the issued and
outstanding   3000  shares  of  the  Company's   Common  Stock,   shall  be  SEK
15,000,000:-,  inclusive of all  commissions  due. Such purchase  price shall be
paid as follows:

     (a). One Million Nine Hundred Seventy Five Thousand  Swedish Crowns in cash
at the closing,  the cash consideration  shall be paid by the Buyer to, a by the
Agent, nominated bank account on behalf of the Seller.

     (b). The  remaining  balance of the purchase  price i.e. SEK  13,025,000:-,
shall be paid by the Buyer in cash latest by 31.12.94,  the Seller shall receive
an interest of 12% p.a. on the  outstanding  balance,  interest  payments  shall
irrevocably be made by the Buyer on a regular monthly basis to the Seller's
nominated bank account,  commencing 25.06.94,  and running until the outstanding
balance of the  purchase  price have been fully paid.  The 3000 shares of Common
Stock in Storebro  Machine AB purchased by the Buyer pursuant to this agreement,
shall be pledged to the Seller as collateral  for the Buyers  fulfillment of its
obligations under this agreement (exhibit "A", Pledge Agreement).

4).  The Seller  have good and  marketable  title to the issued and  outstanding
Common Stock of the Company to be transferred  and the absolute right  hereunder
and  necessary  authority to sell,  assign and transfer all of said stock to the
Buyer,  free and clear of all liens,  claims,  pledges and  encumbrances  of any
kind.

5). The Seller / Company  will,  on or before  Closing,  provide  the Buyer with
audited financial  statements for fiscal years ended December 31, 1991, 1992 and
1993,  further,  the Seller / Company  shall  provide  the Buyer with  unaudited
financial statements for the first quarter 1994.

6) . Prior to the Closing Date,  the Seller will not,  except with written prior
consent of the Buyer,  permit the Company to declare or pay  dividend,  issue or
authorize the issuance of any stock, declare any stock split, or issue any other
security  convertible  into  stock or any  warranty  or  option or right for the
purchase of any stock,  sell or  otherwise  dispose of any asset,  except in the
ordinary  course  of  business  or  borrow  money  or  incur  any  debt or other
obligation,  will  not  permit  the  Company  to  be  a  party  to  any  merger,
consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, and the Seller will cause the
Company to conduct its affairs in the usual and ordinary course of business.

7). The  Seller  shall on Closing  Date  provide  the Buyer with up to date (day
before Closing) unaudited financial statements for the Company, guaranteeing and
evidencing  that there have been no adverse  change in the financial  condition,
operations,  properties and assets of the Company since the Buyer  concluded its
due diligence.

8).  The  Seller  and the  Buyer  shall  bear  their own  expenses  and costs in
connection with this agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.


<PAGE>   
9). This  instrument  contains the entire  agreement  between the parties hereto
with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be changed or
terminated except by written amendment signed by the parties hereto.

10).  This  agreement  shall be  construed  in  accordance  with and governed by
English law, any dispute arising from this  agreement,  which the parties hereto
can not resolve themselves, shall be referred to Arbitration in London.


                               Stockholm, as above


/s/ Peter Janson                                   /s/ Mats U. Hartling
- - ----------------------------                       -------------------------

 Peter Janson                                      Mats U. Hartling
Ovington Investments Limited                       Sherman, Goelz & Assoc.
Seller                                             Buyer
By Power of Attorney


<PAGE>   
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This agreement,  made and entered into this 4th day of October,  1994, is by and
between  OVINGTON  INVESTMENTS  LTD as seller  (hereinafter  referred to as "the
Seller") and FIRST NORDIC  EQUITY  PARTNERS  CORP.  (formerly  Sherman,  Goelz &
Associates) as buyer (hereinafter referred to as "FNEPC" or "the Buyer").

WHEREAS: OIL has sold all 3,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding in
the Swedish company Storebro Machine AB,  registered in Sweden as no 556327-9146
(hereinafter referred to as "the Company") to FNEPC.

WHEREAS: The original purchase agreement drawn up by the parties hereto was
signed by the parties on May 16, 1994.

WHEREAS:  The parties now have agreed to amend the original terms and conditions
for the sale (as  incorporated  hereinto),  and  subsequently,  by signing  this
agreement,  declared the original  purchase  agreement  and exhibit "A" attached
thereto, dated May 16, 1994, null and void.

WHEREAS: The Seller has received SEK 1,975,000 in cash, as downpayment for the
shares sold and transferred to FNEPC.

WHEREAS:  The  Buyer  has  conducted  a due  diligence  of the  Company  and its
subsidiaries,  and received in his possession all  documentation  concerning the
Company and its  subsidiaries,  their business and affairs,  such as books, bank
accounts, articles of incorporation, by-laws, registration certificates etc.

NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreement hereinafter set forth,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

1) Upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement, the
Seller hereby agrees to sell to the Buyer, free and clear of all liens,  pledges
and encumbrances of every kind, character and description whatsoever,  all 3,000
issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock in the Company.

2) The  consideration  to be paid to the  Seller by the Buyer for the issued and
outstanding  shares of the Company's Common Stock, shall be SEK (Swedish Crowns)
12,000,000:-  inclusive of all  commissions  etc. Such  purchase  price has been
paid/shall be paid as follows:

     a)  A  downpayment  of  SEK  1,975,000:-  (One  Million  Nine  Hundred  and
Seventy-five  Thousand)  in cash has been paid by the Buyer and  received by the
Seller.
     b) The balance of SEK 10,025,000:- (Ten Million Twenty-five Thousand) shall
be paid by the Buyer in form of 490,197  shares of the Buyer's Common Stock (par
value $.001),  the Seller shall receive said number of shares within 60 calendar
days from the date of this agreement.

3) The Seller has good and  marketable  title to the 3,000  shares of the Common
Stock of the Company to be  transferred  and the absolute  right  hereunder  and
necessary authority to sell, assign and transfer all of said stock to the Buyer,
free and clear of all liens, claims, pledges and encumbrances of any kind.

<PAGE>   
4) This instrument contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with
respect  to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and shall not be changed or
terminated except by written amendment signed by the parties hereto.

5) This  agreement  shall be  construed  in  accordance  with,  and governed by,
English law, any dispute arising from this  agreement,  which the parties hereto
can not resolve themselves, shall be referred to Arbitration in London.


                               Stockholm, as above

/s/ Goran Haggqvist                          /s/ Mats Hartling
- - --------------------------                   ---------------------------
Goran Haggqvist                              Mats Hartling
Ovington Investments Ltd.                    First Nordic Equity Partners Corp.
Seller                                       Buyer


<PAGE>  
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This agreement, made and entered into this 23rd day of November, 1994, is by and
between Ovington  Investments Ltd (hereinafter  referred to as "the Seller") and
First Nordic Equity Partners Corp.  (hereinafter  referred to as "FNEPC" or "the
Buyer").

WHEREAS,       pursuant to a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated May 16, 1994 (the
               "Original Stock Purchase  Agreement"),  annexed hereto as Exhibit
               1, Ovington Investments Ltd agreed to sell 3,000 shares (or 100%)
               of the  outstanding  shares (the "Shares") of common stock issued
               and  outstanding  in the  Swedish  company  Storebro  Machine AB,
               registered in Sweden as No. 556327-9146 (hereinafter referred to 
               as the "Company"), to FNEPC; and

WHEREAS,       pursuant to a subsequent  Stock Purchase  Agreement dated October
               3, 1994 (the "Second Stock Purchase  Agreement"),  annexed hereto
               as Exhibit 2, by and  between  the Seller and FNEPC,  the parties
               agreed that the Original  Stock  Purchase  Agreement was null and
               void and the terms and  conditions  of the  purchase of the 3,000
               Shares of the Company by FNEPC from the Seller  would be governed
               by the Second Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS,       the  Seller  and FNEPC now  desire  to have the  Second  Purchase
               Agreement  declared  null and  void,  and enter  into this  stock
               purchase agreement (the "Agreement")  setting forth the terms and
               conditions of the FNEPC purchase of the Shares; and

WHEREAS,       the Seller has previously  received from the Buyer Swedish Crowns
               ("SEK")  1,975,000.- in cash, as down payment for the Shares sold
               and transferred to FNEPC;

NOW            THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreement  hereinafter
               set forth,  the parties  hereto,  intending  to be bound  hereby,
               agree as follows:

1.   Upon, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement,
     the Seller hereby agrees to sell to the Buyer, free and clear of all liens,
     pledges  and   encumbrances  of  every  kind,   character  and  description
     whatsoever, 3,000 (or 100%) of the total outstanding shares of common stock
     of the Company.

2.   The  consideration  to be paid to the  Seller  by the  Buyer  for the 3,000
     Shares of the Company's common stock shall be SEK  12,000,000.-,  inclusive
     of all  commissions  and  other  payments.  Such  purchase  price  has been
     paid/shall be paid as follows:

     a. An initial cash payment of SEK 1,975,000.- (one million nine hundred and
     seventyfive  thousand).  The parties hereby  acknowledge and represent that
     such payment has been made by the Buyer and received by the Seller.

     b. The balance of SEK 10,025,000.- (ten million twentyfive  thousand) shall
     be paid by the Buyer in form of 490,197 shares of the Buyer's common stock,
     par value  $.001.  The Seller  hereby  agrees  that,  as a condition to the
     issuance of such Shares,  the Buyer shall  complete  the attached  document
     annexed hereto as Exhibit A. The Seller shall receive such number of Shares
     within 60 calendar days from the date of this agreement.

3.   The Seller hereby  represents  and warrants that it has good and marketable
     title  to the  3,000  Shares  of the  common  stock  of the  company  to be
     transferred  pursuant to this  Agreement,  and has the  absolute  right and
     necessary  authority to sell, assign and transfer all of said Shares to the
     Buyer, free and clear of all liens, claims, pledges and encumbrances of any
     kind. The Seller also hereby  represents and warrants that it has taken all
     action necessary to sell the Shares to the Buyer.


<PAGE>   
4.   This instrument  contains the entire  agreement  between the parties hereto
     with  respect to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and shall not be
     changed or  terminated  except by written  amendment  signed by the parties
     hereto.

5.   The parties  hereby agree that this  Agreement  supersedes  all  agreements
     between the  parties,  oral or  otherwise,  including  the  Original  Stock
     Purchase Agreement and the Second Stock Purchase  Agreement  (collectively,
     the "Previous  Agreements"),  and that the Previous  Agreements  are hereby
     null and void and without further effect.

6.   This agreement shall be construed in accordance  with, and governed by, New
     York law.


OVINGTON INVESTMENTS LTD



By: /s/ Goran Haggqvist
   -------------------------------




FIRST NORDIC EQUITY PARTNERS CORP.



By: /s/ Goran Haggqvist    /s/ Kjell Sjostrand
   -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   
EXHIBIT A


Gentlemen:

The  undersigned  entity who is acquiring  490,197  shares of common stock ("the
Shares") of First  Nordic  Equity  Partners  Corp.,  a Nevada  corporation  (the
"Company"),  pursuant to a Stock Purchase  Agreement dated November 23, 1994, by
and between the Company and the undersigned,  hereby  acknowledges,  represents,
warrants, and covenants as follows:

1.   The Shares being acquired have not been registered under the Securities
     Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Act") and are not  freely  tradeable.  The
     Shares must be held  indefinitely,  unless either a registration  statement
     with respect to the shares is filed and declared effective under the Act or
     an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act is available.

2.   The Company has no  obligation  to register  any or all of the Shares under
     the Act for distribution or sale. The Company has not agreed with anyone to
     comply with  Regulation A or any other  exemption  under the Act respecting
     the resale or other transfer of the Shares.

3.   The  Shares  are  being  acquired  for  investment  purposes  only  for the
     undersigned's  own  account  and  not  with  a  view  to  sale  or  resale,
     distribution  (as that term is  defined  in the Act),  or  transfer,  or to
     offers in  connection  therewith.  When the shares  have been issued to the
     undersigned, no other person will have a beneficial interest in the Shares.

4.   The Company will affix a legend in substantially  the following form to the
     certificates evidencing the shares:

     "The securities  represented by this  certificate  have nor been registered
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be sold, pledged,
     hypothecated,  donated,  or  otherwise  transferred,  whether  or  not  for
     consideration, unless either the shares have been registered under said Act
     or an exemption from such  registration  requirement  is available.  If the
     shares are to be sold or  transferred  pursuant  to an  exemption  from the
     registration  requirements,  the Company  may require a written  opinion of
     counsel,  satisfactory  to counsel  for the  Company,  to the  effect  that
     registration  is not required and that such  transfer  will not violate the
     Act or applicable state securities law."

5.   Prior to any proposed sale, pledge, hypothecation, gift or other transfer,
     for value or otherwise, of any or all of the shares or of any interest
     therein (hereinafter, a "transfer"), the undersigned shall give written
     notice to the Company describing the transfer, unless the shares have
     first been registered under the Act. The undersigned shall not effect any
     transfer unless and until (a) the Company receives an opinion of the
     undersigned's counsel that the shares have been registered under the Act,
     or in form and substance acceptable to counsel for the Company, that the
     transfer may be effected without registration under the Act, and without
     registration or qualification under applicable state securities laws, and
     (b) satisfaction of such other conditions as may be required by counsel to
     the Company in order to assure compliance with the Act and with applicable
     state securities laws.



Very truly yours,

OVINGTON INVESTMENTS LTD

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    --------------------------
<PAGE>   

                           PLEDGE AGREEMENT, EXHIBIT A
                           ---------------------------

First Nordic Equity Partners Corp (formerly Sherman, Goelz & Associates) (FNEPC)
C/O Nathan International, One Dag Hammarskjold Plaza, New York, N.Y. 10017, USA,
hereby  irrevocably  pledges  all of its 3,000  shares  of  Common  Stock in the
Swedish company Storebro Machine AB,  registered in Sweden No:  556327-9146,  to
the seller of said shares, Ovington Investments Limited (OIL), as collateral for
all its obligations under the purchase agreement, of which this pledge agreement
forms an  integral  part.  The Shares will be pledged to OIL as long as any debt
whatsoever remains outstanding  (including any interest),  whereafter the Shares
will be free of any liens,  pledges or  encumbrances  whatsoever and in the sole
possession and ownership of FNEPC.  FNEPC are under no circumstances  allowed in
any way to use the Shares as collateral for any other purpose whatsoever,  until
OIL have received  full payment for the shares in  accordance  with the purchase
agreement.  Should  FNEPC not  fulfill  its  obligations,  i.e.  payment  of the
outstanding balance of the purchase price, under the purchase  agreement,  shall
all shares  acquired  by FNEPC  under the  purchase  agreement  unconditionally,
irrevocably  and free of cost to OIL be  transferred  back to the seller  (OIL),
unless the parties  does not, in writing,  otherwise  agree.  OIL shall have the
undisputed and unconditional right to retain all consideration paid by FNEPC for
the Shares to this date as  compensation  should  FNEPC  default on the purchase
agreement.



                             Stockholm May 16, 1994

                              /s/ Mats U. Hartling
                              --------------------
                                Mats U. Hartling
                       First Nordic Equity Partners Corp.


Exhibit 10.7


STOREBRO MACHINE AB
TRANSLATION


Between   the   companies    MWD-Vertriebs   GmbH,   Heerstrasse   30,   D-89079
Vohringen-Illerberg (hereafter referred to as MWD) and Storebro Machine AB, P.O.
Box 19. S-590 83 Storebro (hereafter referred to as STM) the following agreement
has been made:

AGENCY AGREEMENT
- ---------------

Clause 1 - Object of the Agency


CNC-lathe-program  in standard  and special  design as well as the  conventional
lathe-model "SB-N".


Clause 2 - District of the Agency


Post code areas 6-7-8 as well as 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 and 98.
Additional districts on inquiry and after approval. (by STM)


Clause 3 - Competitors/competing manufacture


Beyond the existing agency programmes  "Angelini" and "Padovani",  no additional
CNC-Machine products may be included, offered or sold under the programme.


Clause 4 - Sales budget


The sales budget for the  following  calendar year shall be  established  two to
three months before the end of the current calendar year.


Clause 5 - Firm orders


An order  consisting of at least 12 CNC machines  with  delivery  dates shall be
guaranteed for each calandar year.


Clause 6 - Purchase prices


The purchase prices shall be agreed upon before the placing of the firm,  annual
order.


Clause 7 - Sales prices


The sales price shall be determined by agreement between MWD and STM.

<PAGE>   
STOREBRO MACHINE AB




Clause 8 - Terms of delivery


The terms of delivery are free customer's address inclusive of packaging.


Clause 9 - Terms of payment


By bank comfirmation on proof of preparedness to deliver.


Clause 10 - Guarantees


The guarantee  period is twelve  months or 3000 working hours  counting from the
date of putting into service.  For  demonstration  machines or machines in stock
the guarantee period is based on the date of delivery from Storebro.


Repairs to Storebro  machines may be performed  only by MWD during the gaurantee
period.

Clause 11 - Provisions concerning putting into service


The putting  into  service  must be  performed  by STM  according  to the record
(protocol) of putting into service.  A copy of the record shall after completion
be sent to STM without delay.


Clause 12 - Performance of work during the guarantee period


Work  during the  guarantee  period  relating  to control  system,  electricity,
electronics as well as mechanics may only be performed after approval by STM and
under an assignment number. STM will refuse to pay for work performed without an
assignment number.

Clause 13 - Exhibitions and advertisement


Exhibitions,   advertisement  and  similar  activities  where  STM  participates
financially or in some other form,  must be approved in writing by STM.  Amounts
that are invoiced without this approval will not be accepted.


Clause 14 - Special terms and conditions


All special terms and conditions must be confirmed in writing.

<PAGE>   
 STOREBRO MACHINE AB




Clause 15 - Period of validity


This  agreement  shall  be  valid  for one  calendar  year.  If  neither  of the
contracting  parties  cancels the  agreement  three months before the end of the
calendar year, the period of validity will be extended by one calendar year.


Clause 16 - Immediate termination


If one of the contracting parties is fundamentally in breach of any part of this
agreement  and does not  immediately  remedy  this  breach at the request of the
other party,  this  agreement  shall be terminated  with immediate  effect.  The
agreement  shall also be terminated  forthwith in case of suspension of payments
or bankruptcy.


Clause 17 - Return of documentation


If this agreement is terminated for any reason, all technical documentation
shall be returned (to STM)


Clause 18 - Discharge/Termination


STM agrees to invoice all  business  made within the area of the agency  through
MWD.

Notice of termination shall be given by registered letter.

This agreement has been drawn up in duplicate.


Storebro, 23 September 1995            Illerberg, 4 October 1995
STOREBRO MACHINE AB                    MWD Vertriebs GmbH


EXHIBIT 21.1


                         Subsidiaries of the Registrant

                                                  STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
NAME                                              INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION
- ----                                              -----------------------------

Storebro Machine AB                                               Sweden

Nortelco Nordic AS                                                Norway

Nortelco AS*                                                      Norway

Nortelco System -
  Teknikk AS*                                                     Norway

Nortelco AB*                                                      Sweden

Brannteknikk AS**                                                 Norway
 ---------
*    wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nortelco Nordic AS
**   wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortelco AS

Exhibit 23.1

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption  "Experts" and to
the use of our report  dated  November  10, 1998 in the  Registration  Statement
(Form S-1) and related  prospectus  of Nordic  Equity  Partneres  Corp.  for the
registration  of 1,100,000  shares of its Common Stock and 1,650,000  Redeemable
Common Stock Purchase Warrants.

/s/ Ernst & Young
Ernst & Young AS
Oslo, Norway


November 10, 1998




                        [KOMNAES & HUSER ANS LETTERHEAD]

                                                               November 11, 1998

To the
Board of Directors
Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

         RE: Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

Gentlemen:

         Please be  adivsed  that we  consent  to the use of our name and to all
references to our firm included in your  Registration  Statement and  Prospectus
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Sincerely,

KOMNAES & HUSER ANS

By:

/s/ KOMNAES & HUSER ANS

                         [FALKS ADVOKATBYRA LETTERHEAD]

                                                               November 11, 1998

To the
Board of Directors
Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

         RE: Nordic Equity Partners Corp.

Gentlemen:

         Please be  adivsed  that we  consent  to the use of our name and to all
references to our firm included in your  Registration  Statement and  Prospectus
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Sincerely,

FALKS ADVOKATBYRA HB

By:
/s/ FALKS ADVOKATBYRA HB


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission